Drystar Axys - Service Manual 63k4n

Double-click the icon

Required text input via the keyboard

vips

Enter vips and click on

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 10-2007

DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100

Chapter 0 / 5 Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS033.07E

1

About this Manual

About this Manual This is the service manual for the DRYSTAR AXYS printer. The Drystar AXYS is a high resolution (508 dpi) DICOM network dry digital tabletop printer for producing medical diagnostic images. It can print multiple formats of bluebased (Drystar DT 2 B) and clear-based (Drystar DT 2 C) film and offers crisp, dense grayscale images. The Drystar AXYS can be used for general radiography and optionally for the mammography application printing on DT2 Mammo blue base films. It is designed for high-throughput and for use as a central or de-central printer.

536711JK.CDR

Figure 1: System Overview

Device Modality DRYSTAR AXYS

Comment The modality has to the DICOM print protocol Dry printer for • 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films • 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films

This manual comprises all information which is required to install, maintain, troubleshoot and repair the printer. For additional information for planning of service activities on the printer refer to the service plan DRYSTAR AXYS, available on MEDNET, GSO library: Hardcopy => Dry Imagers => Drystar AXYS => Service Plan





Document No: DD+DIS033.07E Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. Published by Agfa HealthCare N.V. Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.


Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE

Generic Safety Directions

Imaging Services

Document No: DD+DIS238.06E

Generic Safety Directions for Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products

►

Purpose of this Document This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant information including relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for the Service Engineer. It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products.

►

►

Document History Edition. Revision

Release Date

Changes compared to previous Version 1.4:

1.5

04-2014



Corrected link to Global Harmonization Task Force. See section 12.



Added reference to manual safety directions when operating the device or system. See section 13.



Added safety note for cleaning and disinfection. See section 15.



Added reference to the manual for cleaning instructions. See section 15.



Added safety note in case of power ON and cover removed. See section 16.



Added safety note to check tension before working at the powered-off device. See section 16.



Added note to combine release system components only. Refer to section 18.



Added recommendation to use the supplementary protective earth connection as additional safety measure, if available. See section 18.

Referenced Documents Document

Title

Not applicable

Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 5 04-2014 printed in


Document Node ID: 11849633 eq_generic_safety_directions_e_template_v01

Copyright © 2014 Agfa HealthCare N.V.

DD+DIS238.06E

►


Manufacturer Agfa HealthCare N.V. Published by Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München Copyright  2014 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium, or its s. All other trademarks mentioned in this document are held by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or the respective owners and are used in an editorial fashion with no intention of infringement. Nothing contained in this legal notice nor in any text in this document shall be construed as granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or right to use any of the trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos appearing in this document without the express prior written consent of their respective owner.

WARNING: Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries. INSTRUCTION: (1)

Read the "Generic Safety Directions" prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the equipment. Agfa Portal via Internet. Agfa Intranet / Refer to Document ID 11849633,

(2)

Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on the product.



Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Page 2 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5

2

USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6

3

LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7 3.1

CE Mark................................................................................................... 7

3.2

Labels ...................................................................................................... 7

3.3

Labels concerning Laser Radiation ......................................................... 8

4

PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10

5

REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10

6

INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11

7

INTENDED ............................................................................................... 11

8

QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11

9

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12

10

CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13

11

ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14

12

COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14

13

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17

14

RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18

15

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18

16

GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19

17

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 21

18

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 23

19

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 25

20

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 28




Page 3 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


21

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................28

22

SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................28

23

SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................28

24

RECYCLING ........................................................................................................29

25

WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................29

26

ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................30




Page 4 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

1


Disclaimer The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its s or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its s to provide such services. Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly d with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its s are directed to one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its s before attempting installation or service procedures. No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare. Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose. Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this document. Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you don’t operate the product correctly or if you don’t have it serviced correctly. Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.

NOTE: In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to, distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.




Page 5 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

2


Used Icons Icon

Signal Word and Situation CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental pollution can be the consequence. WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a , engineer, patient or any other person and possible mistreatment of patients can be the consequence. DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries can be the consequence. INSTRUCTION: Indicates an instruction where it is important to follow the described actions literally. IMPORTANT: Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to prevent malfunction. NOTE:    

Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action without having a direct influence on the step or action. Highlights unusual points. Indicates background information. Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the graphical interface.




Page 6 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


3

Labels

3.1

CE Mark CE Mark

3.2

This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

Labels For the meaning of the labels in and on the product refer to:  

The corresponding product or system Manuals and The figure below, with a list of possible service activity related labels and their meaning. To prevent injuries or damage to the equipment, follow the instructions on the label or the related service instructions.

Hot surface

Laser radiation

Magnetic field

Ionizing radiation

High voltage

Hand injuries

Do not touch

Protective earth connection




Page 7 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

3.3


Labels concerning Laser Radiation According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries. Each laser source is classified from class 1 to class 4, based on standard DIN EN 60825-1:2007. The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed instructions in the manual and technical documentation.

Class #

Meaning

Class 1:

Not dangerous to the human eye, even when using optical instruments. Can nevertheless produce irritating effects, especially with low ambient light conditions.

Class 1 M:

Class 2:

Not dangerous to the human eye if no optical instruments (magnifying glass or binocular) are used. Can nevertheless produce irritating effects, especially with low ambient light conditions. Dangerous to the human eye for intentional staring into the beam. Not dangerous for short term exposure < 0,25 seconds. Using optical instruments does not increase the risk of eye injury. Can even for short term exposure < 0,25 seconds produce dazzling and irritating effects, especially with low ambient light conditions.

Example Label

CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT

LASER RADIATION DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT




Page 8 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Class #

Meaning

Class 2M:

Dangerous to the human eye when staring into the beam or when using optical instruments (magnifying glass or telescope). No hazard for short term exposure < 0,25 seconds (aversion response of the eye) without use of optical instruments. Can produce dazzling and irritating effects even for short term exposure < 0,25 seconds, especially at low ambient light conditions.

Class 3R:

Example Label

LASER RADIATION DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT

Possibly dangerous to the human eye for direct view into the beam. Risks of an eye injury is increasing with duration of exposure. Can produce dazzling and irritating effects, especially with low ambient light conditions.

LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT

Class 3B:

Normally dangerous to the human eye for direct view into the beam. Viewing diffuse reflections is normally not dangerous. Risk of small skin injuries or ignition of explosive material if the power of the laser beam is close to the upper limits of class 3 B.

LASER RADIATION AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT

Class 4:

Dangerous to the human eye for direct view into the beam or viewing diffuse reflections. Very often class 4 lasers also implicate a fire hazard. LASER RADIATION AVOID EYE OR SKIN EXPOSURE TO DIRECT OR SCATTERED RADIATION CLASS 4 LASER PRODUCT




Page 9 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

4


Product Complaints Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure. If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident, Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written correspondence to the following address: Agfa Service - local addresses and phone numbers listed on: www.agfa.com As an alternative, the Corporate Communication Department: Agfa-Gevaert N.V. Septestraat 27 2640 Mortsel, Belgium. Fax +32 3 444 4485

5

References Technical Documentation is available via Agfa HealthCare Library and your local Agfa HealthCare organization. Access to the Agfa HealthCare Library:  (Internal) Agfa s access: http://intra.agfa.net/he/en/intranet/library/index.jsp  External s access (via the portal): http://healthcare.agfa.net/irj/portal/library




Page 10 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

6


Intended Use This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological environment by qualified staff. It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards, which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks). AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases. Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate handling, especially by children. The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions. The intended use statement of the product or system is listed in the Manual of the product or system.

7

Intended This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists, trained s of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic X–Ray clinical personnel who have received proper training. s are considered as the persons who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.

8

Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks This technical documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be performed by qualified technical personnel. The Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product and applicable environmental and occupational safety matters before attempting to work with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country. Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make sure that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the force of law. Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.




Page 11 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

9


Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions Each Agfa trained Field Service Engineer and Clinical Application Specialist:          

   

Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the environment. When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions. Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions. Shall familiarize himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment. Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation. Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment. Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained. Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so. Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working. Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in confidence, to the Health and Safety Coordinator, Global HSE* Manager, or ultimately to the Managing Director. * Health, Safety and Environment Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line manager. Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager. Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous. Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or for compliance with regulations.




Page 12 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

10


Connections to other Equipment Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare service on request. Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the hospital.

Connections to other equipment: WARNING: Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product may lead to a safety hazard.

INSTRUCTION: Consult the technical documentation before making any connections to other equipment. Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:  

Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity. Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized national standard.

In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system configurer and is responsible for complying with the systems standard. If required, your local service organization.




Page 13 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

11


Accessories and Spare Parts Parts and accessories replacement: WARNING:

Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.

INSTRUCTION:

12



Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.



Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.



Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible accessories your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.

Compliance Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products: Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices (OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12) 

ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended s, they will not compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of s.



ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY: Full quality assurance system ISO 13485



ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION: The clinical evaluation follows a defined and methodologically sound procedure.




Page 14 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Applied standards for Agfa HealthCare Imaging medical electrical equipment: NOTE: Equipment delivered by Agfa HealthCare is not necessarily classified as medical electrical equipment. For details refer to the related and /or service manual.  IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for basic safety and essential performance  ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices – Application of risk management to medical devices  IEC 60601-1-2, It specifies the manufacturer of the ME (Medical Electrical) equipment or ME system provides information to the responsible organization that is essential in determining the suitability of the ME equipment or ME system for the electromagnetic environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment of use to permit the ME equipment or ME system to maintain basic safety and provide its essential performance without disturbing other equipment. Additional standards for documentation: IEC 82079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions for use - Structuring, content and presentation Harmonization: Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) http://www.imdrf.org This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) to assist development of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, , patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and global convergence of regulatory systems. IECEE CB SCHEME: The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products. It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations. Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member countries of the CB Scheme. Details see: www.iecee.org




Page 15 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Radiation of radio frequency: CAUTION: For USA only: This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference to radio communication.

NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference. The will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at his own expense.




Page 16 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

13


Safety Directions for Operation Accessibility of the mains power switch: CAUTION: Do not obstruct the mains power switch. Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power connection.  



    

Before operating the device or system e.g. for verification of an installation, repair or preventive maintenance activity, refer to the safety notes in the relevant manual. Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The must read these messages carefully. They will provide information on what to do. This will be either performing an action to resolve the problem or to the Agfa HealthCare service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this technical documentation. All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get clear diagnostic information. Ventilation openings must not be covered. If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from the mains. Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device. If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped. Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields, since stored data may be lost.

Explosive environment: DANGER: Risk of explosion. Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen which may cause an explosion.




Page 17 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Usage of an un-interruptible power supply: WARNING: Images can be lost due to power failure. Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional standby generator.

14

Radiation Protection Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the jurisdiction in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those authorized by the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be made of all radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories. Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.

15

Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection DANGER: Risk of explosion when using wrong cleaning agent. Risk of electric shock when cleaning with power ON. When the equipment is going to be cleaned, be sure to turn OFF the power of each device, and to unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Never use anhydrous or high solvency alcohols, benzine, thinner or any other flammable cleaning agent.  

For instructions about cleaning of the device or accessories, refer to the manual. Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on system parts or accessories that can become contaminated through with the patient or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service or documents.




Page 18 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

16


General Safety Directions for Service Activities         



This system uses high voltage. Consider the respective safety regulations. Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician. Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician. The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service activities. During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations). All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated torque values! Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the instructions, all screws used must be hardness rated 8.8. All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data. If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the instructions. Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage). When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be observed: o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards. o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers. o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering (electrostatic charge). o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.




Page 19 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


General safety note, in case of power ON and cover removed: DANGER: Risk of electric shock when working at the device with opened cover and power ON. Only work at the powered device with opened cover for service purposes, if this is absolutely unavoidable. Before working at the powered device with opened cover for service purposes, 

first identify the high voltage wires and connectors in the circuit diagram.



if possible, cover high voltage wires and connectors with insulating material.



greatest possible care must be taken, never to get in with high voltage wires or connectors.

General safety note to check tension before working at the powered-off device: DANGER: High voltage. Risk of electric shock. Before working at the device with opened covers, perform following steps to ensure the device is de-energized: 

Switch off the power at the main power switch.



Prevent that the device can be switched on by other persons. Example: Put a sign "Don't switch on" in local language to the main switch.



Use an appropriate tester and confirm that the device is de-energized (0V!).



Observe additional safety notes at the device and in the specific service documents.



For devices with capacitors (e.g. X-Ray generator): Confirm by measuring the voltage at the capacitors, that the capacitors are discharged.



For devices with batteries for power supply (e.g. mobile X-ray unit): Observe special safety notes in the related service manual.

Static discharge at electrical components: CAUTION: Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed: For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap (Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.




Page 20 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

17


Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities Install equipment in the patient environment only, if it is classified as “Type B equipment”. Install all equipment outside the patient environment, which is not classified as “Type B equipment”. Refer to the specifications in the manual of the system or product. For definition of the patient environment see dimensions in the figure below. R Patient vicinity

h Patient vicinity patient_vicinity.cdr

R = 1.5 m / 4.9 feet (EN 60601-1) or 1.83 m / 6 feet (UL 60601-1) h = 2.5 m / 8.2 feet (EN 60601-1) or 2.29 / 7.5 feet (UL 60601-1)

Protecting CR (Computed Radiography) equipment against scattered X-Rays: WARNING: Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.

The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.

Protecting Film-Screen Systems against scattered X-Rays: WARNING: Film is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.

The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.




Page 21 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Accessibility of the power disconnection device: WARNING: Electrical device. Shock possible. INSTRUCTION: 

Do not position Agfa equipment so it is difficult to operate the disconnection device when an appliance coupler or separable plug is used as isolation.



Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their engineers.

Fixing equipment at the wall or floor: WARNING: Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage: Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

Floor load: CAUTION: Heavy device may damage the floor covering. Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.

Fixing equipment at the ceiling: CAUTION: Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or damage: Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.




Page 22 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

18


Safety Directions for Installation Activities 

If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare trained personnel. If damage of the package is visible from the outside your local AGFA representative. Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted and carried to avoid injury. The relevant instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by mechanical means or by several people. When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-pole circuit breaker in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is easily accessible. If the device has a supplementary protective earth connection: It is recommended to use the supplementary protective earth connection as additional safety measure. Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely. This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the or institution. In a system, combine released system components only. Refer to the compatibility information which is referred to from the relevant service manual.

 

   



Connection of the device to the power supply: CAUTION: Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply. INSTRUCTION: Prior to connecting the device to the mains:    

Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available power supply in the installation room. Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses. Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply. Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.




Page 23 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Ground potential differences: CAUTION: To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be connected to the same power source. INSTRUCTION: 

Always connect the associated monitor to the same uninterruptible power source as the PC.



When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical environments a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in different localities. If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a hazard for the operator or for the patient.

Performing the electrical test according to national regulations before putting the equipment into service: WARNING: Improper ground connections or too high leakage current may lead to electric shocks. 

After installation, before putting the equipment into service, inform the responsible organization* about the necessity of the electrical test according to national regulations. If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the electrical test according to IEC 62353.



Make sure, that all grounding connections are present.

*Responsible Organization: Entity able for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The able entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.

NOTE: Refer to the Agfa HealthCare Library for system specific IEC 62353 test documents.




Page 24 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

19


Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities 



   

This technical documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and maintenance shall be performed by Agfa trained service personnel. For required preventive maintenance frequency refer to the technical documentation or local service management. In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device immediately after the tests. Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor control board. Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage. After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden or disconnected. If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to the customer. First repair the machine casing.

Replacing batteries: WARNING: Battery can explode, causing chemical burns. INSTRUCTION: 

Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.



Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the manufacturer.



Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the manufacturer.



When removing batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to avoid short circuit of the battery: Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its original packing and secure the packing by tape.




Page 25 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Performing the electrical test according to national regulations after repair work: WARNING: Improper ground connections or too high leakage current may lead to electric shocks. 

After any repair work which may influence electrical safety of the product, inform the responsible organization* about the necessity of the electrical test according to national regulations. If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the electrical test according to IEC 62353.



Make sure, that all grounding connections are present.

*Responsible Organization: Entity able for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The able entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.

NOTE: Refer to the Agfa HealthCare Library for system specific IEC 62353 test documents.

Performing service activities at devices emitting laser radiation: WARNING: Laser radiation. Eye injury possible. INSTRUCTION: 

Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.



Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.



Do not look into the laser beam.



Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if explicitly instructed to do so.



Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.



Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the laser beam is switched on. Refer to the functional description in the corresponding service manual.



Do not operate modules with laser outside the device.




Page 26 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E


Sharp edges: CAUTION: Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible. Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.

Cleaning optical elements: CAUTION: Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements. When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.

Secured screws: CAUTION: Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device adjustments: Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.

Opening PCs and Workstations: WARNING: Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.  Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.  Unplug before opening.  Observe anti-static safety regulations.

Replacing fuses: WARNING: Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard. Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on the device.




Page 27 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

20


Safety Directions for remote Service Activities Remote Service Activities: WARNING: During remote service activities images can be lost. Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to stop working on the system.

21

Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts, Accessories and Devices   

22

In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) must be shipped with batteries disconnected. Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices. Before returning any spare part with a built in lithium battery remove it and dispose the batteries locally according to local waste regulations.

Safety Directions concerning Modifications Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare. This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances, removal of locks/instructions etc.).

23

Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials 'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The “Hazardous Material” instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with when performing work to avoid health risks. Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the hazardous substances.




Page 28 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

24


Recycling Agfa HealthCare has Recycling ports available for equipment and CR cassettes. The Recycling port explains how to dispose or recycle the equipment or CR cassette at the end of the life cycle. The Recycling ports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment partners and companies that want to recycle or dispose end-of-life Agfa equipment and CR cassettes. To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling port please your local Sales organization.

25

Waste Disposal On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive 2003/108/EC, came into force. The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling. This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual European countries by August 13th 2005. Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be different within the European Member States. This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product, please your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.




Page 29 of 30


DD+DIS238.06E

26


Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI) AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized s are responsible for the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or parts that are removed from the customer’s site. This also applies to the exchange of spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMs, backup tapes, archive tapes.




Page 30 of 30


HEALTHCARE Imaging Services

Chapter 1

Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure



►

Purpose of this document This document contains:

►

►

•

all important routines to be carried out prior to putting the machine in operation.

•

location and function of the controls and connectors of the machine.

•

all routines necessary to put an unpacked machine in operation.


Release Date


1.1

06-2008

Added reference to acceptance test procedure as defined by Afssaps / EUREF. Details see section 6.


Title

n.a.

n.a.



Document Node ID: 14350039 eq_01_setup_procedure_e_template_v06



DD+DIS033.07E

►


Manufacturer Agfa HealthCare N.V. Publisher Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.


Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document (see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the equipment.

(2)


NOTE: To the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the Document Type ‘Order List’ in the GSO library.





DD+DIS033.07E

Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................4

2

EXECUTING THE PRINTER INSTALLATION WIZARD ..........................................................6

3

ADAPTING THE PRINTER SETTINGS ...................................................................................8 3.1

Setting Film Calibration Parameters .........................................................................................9

3.2

Setting the Default Densitometer ............................................................................................10

3.3

Setting the Film View ..............................................................................................................11

3.4

Setting Beeps on empty Tray..................................................................................................12

3.5

Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags ..............................................................................13

3.6

Activating the Mammo License ...............................................................................................14

3.7

Entering Site data ...................................................................................................................15

4

FILM CALIBRATION...............................................................................................................16

5

PRINTER - MODALITY CONNECTION .................................................................................18 5.1

Modality set-up........................................................................................................................18

5.2

Logical printers Set-up ............................................................................................................19

5.3

Printing of diagnostic and / or test images..............................................................................23

5.4

Image adjustments..................................................................................................................23

5.4.1

Mammography specific Image Adjustments ...........................................................................24

5.4.2

Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document .............................26

5.4.3

Image Adjustments at the Modality.........................................................................................26

5.4.4

Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu .............................................28

6

ACCEPTANCE TEST .............................................................................................................32

7

COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION .......................................................................................33 7.1

Customer Instruction...............................................................................................................33

7.2

Backup of Printer Settings ......................................................................................................34





DD+DIS033.07E

1


Installation Checklist Purpose of the installation checklist: •

to give an overview of all steps, that are required for the installation of the printer.

•

to provide a reference to the corresponding section of the "DRYSTAR AXYS Plug & Play Installation Manual" (abbreviated: P&P) and "Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedure" chapter where the topics are further explained.

NOTE: The "DRYSTAR AXYS Plug & Play Installation Manual" (Intranet Link / Extranet Link) is part of delivery in English Language and can be ed on MEDNET, HealthCare library.

#

Step

Task Code

refer to ....

Okay

Installation Prerequisites: 1.

Check installation site prerequisites

INS

P&P 5

2.

Check shipment completeness

INS

Packing Slip (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)

3.

Prepare required tools

INS

P&P 1

4.

Unpack the printer

INS

P&P 2, 3, 4

5.

Install output tray

INS

P&P 6

6.

Remove transport protection locks

INS

P&P 7, 8, 9

7.

Connect the cables

INS

P&P 10

Printer set-up: 8.

Set film size tabs

INS

P&P 11

9.

China only: Stick Chinese warning label above the existing one

INS

P&P 12

10.

Load films

INS

P&P 13, 14

11.

Startup the printer

INS

P&P 15

INS

section 2

Printer Installation Wizard: 12.

Go through printer installation wizard

X2

X





DD+DIS033.07E

#


Step

Task Code

refer to .....

Okay

Printer settings: 13.

Adjust Film calibration (optional)

APPL

section 3.1

14.

Select Default densitometer (optional)

APPL

section 3.2

15.

Set Film view (optional)

APPL

section 3.3

16.

Adjust Beeps on empty tray (optional)

APPL

section 3.4

17.

Adjust behavior for unreadable RF Tag (optional)

APPL

section 3.5

18.

Enter Mammo license key (optional)

APPL

section 3.6

19.

Enter site data (if not yet done with Printer Installation Wizzard)

APPL

section 3.7

INS

section 4

X3.1

X

X3.2

Film calibration 20.

Perform a film calibration for both film trays

Printer - Modality connection 21.

Let the modality be set-up

SIC

section 5.1

22.

Set-up logical printers (optional)

SIC

section 5.2

23.

Print diagnostic and/or test images

SIC

section 5.3

24.

Adjust image settings (optional)

APPL

section 5.4

APPL

section 6

APPL

section 7.1

INS

section 7.2

Acceptance Test 25.

Perform acceptance test

Completion of installation 26.

Instruct the Customer in operation of the printer

27.

Save settings on backup CF card





DD+DIS033.07E

2


Executing the Printer Installation Wizard The purpose of this section is to show the most important settings of the printer during installation via Installation Wizard. Before the printer installation wizard can be started, the steps 1 to 11 of the Installation Checklist (refer to section 1) have to be completed.

The Printer Installation Wizard guides step by step through different parameters.

Printer Installation Wizard Key-operator menu 9 Installation

Figure 1 beneath X

2 Printer Installation

•

shows how to enter the Installation Wizard.

•

lists the parameters which have to be entered.

A more detailed description of the printer Installation Wizard is available in the DRYSTAR AXYS Reference Manual in section 'Using the installation wizard'. The Reference Manual (Intranet Link / Extranet Link) is part of delivery and available on MEDNET, HealthCare Library. It is available in English Language only.

Language Date and Time PRINTER IP-ADDRESS NETMASK ROUTER IP-ADDRESS CALLED (Printer) AE_TITLE Daily used modality name Modality Brand Modality Type* CALLING (Modality) AE_TITLE Preferred film type Install Site Data** Save configuration Reset 5367_Reg01_001_e.cdr

Figure 1 * Modality Type is not shown when selecting "default profile" in the "Modality Brand" screen. **See NOTE next page concerning "site data tool".





DD+DIS033.07E


NOTE: It is possible to enter the site data "offline" via the site data tool and to enter the site data via CF card during execution of the printer installation wizard. Proceeding for preparation of CF card with site data: (1)

the Site Data Tool from MEDNET, GSO Library: Hardcopy => Dry Imagers => DRYSTAR AXYS => Freeware.

(2)

Install it on the service PC.

(3)

Start the Site Data Tool.

(4)

Enter the Site Data.

(5)

Select "Save": A zip file is created with the site data.

(6)

Copy the ZIP file to CF card.

(7)

Enter the CF card when prompted during execution of the printer installation wizard. See Figure 1.

Figure 2

NOTE: As an alternative the site data can also be entered via the printer browser pages in the key-operator or service menu. Refer to section 3.7.





DD+DIS033.07E

3


Adapting the Printer Settings The purpose of this section is to list the additional, optional settings of the printer that are not covered by the Printer Installation Wizard. The following table lists these settings.

Printer Setting

Importance

Accessible via ...

Details see...

Default film calibration

optional

Key-operator and Service menu

3.1

Default densitometer

optional


3.2

Film view

optional


3.3

Beep on empty tray

optional


3.4

RF Tag

optional

Service menu (Browser only)

3.5

Mammo license

optional

Service menu (Browser only)

3.6

mandatory**

Service menu

Site data*

3.7

X3.7

* if created offline via the "Site Data Tool", it is possible to enter the site data via the printer installation wizard. ** only mandatory if not yet done during the printer installation wizard. As long as the site specific data are not entered the will be remineded after each boot-up of the printer.

The example screens for configuration interfaces are further on browser interface related. The path to access the screens is the same for local keypad and browser.





DD+DIS033.07E

3.1


Setting Film Calibration Parameters Accessible via …

Local keypad and browser

Accessible via menu:

Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality 1 General

Purpose of the setting:

A) Define whether automatic calibration shall be executed at insertion of a new film pack. B) If set on ON, define the number of filmpacks, after which the film calibration shall be executed.

Default value:

ON - every 5 filmpacks

Example browser screen:

Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer

Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Default film calibration off on Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values


Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Select frequency Every 5 packs Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fa.cdr

Figure 3 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E

3.2


Setting the Default Densitometer Accessible via …



Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General


Define a default densitometer. Density values displayed during calibration or the QC procedure will be displayed re-calculated for this default densitometer.

Default value:

X-Rite 310



Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Default film calibration off on Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fb.cdr

Figure 4





DD+DIS033.07E

3.3


Setting the Film View Accessible via …



2 Change settings - 2 Input tray


Change the film view in case the film curl is desired to be towards the light box

Default value:

Normal

Example browser screen: Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer

Key-Operator - Change input tray settings

Upper input tray Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

Tag film type

DT2B

Lower input tray Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

Tag film type

DT2B

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fp.cdr

Figure 5





DD+DIS033.07E

3.4


Setting Beeps on empty Tray Accessible via …



Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 1 General


Adjust whether or not the customer shall be informed via audible beeps about an empty tray.

Default value:

Audible alarm on - beep 5 times

NOTE: The 'beep on empty tray' menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the keypad and key-operator menu via browser. Example browser screen:


Key-Operator - Change general settings Date: 19 2004 Oct. Time: 08 00 30 Language English Chinese Simpl. Japanese Beep on empty tray 5 beeps Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50

Typical 68

* Site name * Site address * City * Country * Country code (tel) * Telephone Remote Connection * Department * person E-mail address Comments Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fq.cdr

Figure 6





DD+DIS033.07E

3.5


Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags Accessible via …

Browser only


Service menu - 2 Change settings - 2 Input Tray


Define the behavior of the printer in case the RF tag is not readable or available.

Default value:

Printing not possible



Service - Change input tray settings If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning printing with Dmax = 2.00 printing not possible Upper input tray Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

Tag film type

DT2B

Lower input tray Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

Tag film type

DT2B

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fr.cdr

Figure 7





DD+DIS033.07E

3.6


Activating the Mammo License

NOTE: The Mammo License is optional. In case the customer did not buy the Mammo license, skip this step.


Browser Pages: Service Engineer Tools - Licenses


Activation of the Mammo License

Default value:

Mammo not activated


HOME HELP

Licenses

Product options: MAMMO

NOT ACTIVATED

Activate

Changes require reboot!

HOME HELP

Licenses

Please enter the product key to activate MAMMO: OK

Cancel 5364enc10.cdr

Figure 8

NOTE: When the Mammo license is activated, the printer changes following characteristics: • •

It is possible to define DICOM host profile parameter "Mammo Modality = yes". It is possible to use and calibrate DRYSTAR DT2 Mammo films (Dmax up to 3.8 O.D).





DD+DIS033.07E

3.7


Entering Site data Accessible via …

Browser only. See also NOTE next page.


Browser pages - Service Engineer tools - Enter keyoperator command session - 2 Change settings - 1 General

Purpose:

Fill in site data to have an entry in the infocounter about the installation site. It is mandatory to fill in site data. As long as the site data are not yet filled in, after each switch on / reboot of the printer a hint is displayed to enter the site data.

Default value:

None



Service - Change general settings Date: 19 2004 Oct. Time: 08 00 30 Language English Chinese Simpl. Japanese Beep on empty tray 5 beeps Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50

Typical 68

* Site name * Site address * City * Country * Country code (tel) * Telephone Remote Connection * Department * person E-mail address Comments Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fz.cdr





DD+DIS033.07E


NOTE: It is also possible to enter the site data in the "site data tool" on the service PC (see MEDNET, GSO Library: Hardcopy => Dry Imagers => DRYSTAR AXYS => Freeware) and the so created ZIP file via key-operator or service menu "9 Installation - 3 Install site data".

Figure 10

4

Film Calibration The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for film calibration. Load the films the customer will use in the upper and lower film tray. Refer to note below.

(2)

Select in key-operator menu '6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'.

(3)

Select 'Start Calibration': The calibration film as shown in Figure 9 is printed and the measured Dmax is shown. See also note next page. X

X

INPUT TRAY: FILM CALIBRATION OK

CDM measurement area

In order to be useable this film should be absolutely dust free within the marked region!

(1)

Dmax = 3.20 (XR310) 536701aa.cdr

Default densitomete Measured Dmax

(4)

536536ga.cdr

Repeat film calibration for second input tray.

In order to be useable this film should be absolutely dust free within the marked region!

Figure 11

NOTE: The films delivered with the printer may only be used for test purposes.





DD+DIS033.07E


IMPORTANT: After a film calibration check the CDM measurement area (see Figure 11 ) at the lightbox: It may not show any dust stripes. In case dust stripes are visible repeat the film calibration. X

X

NOTE: The film calibration is successful, if the measured Dmax is < 2% different from the target Dmax. The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Keyoperator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General". Refer to table below: Default Densitometer

Target Dmax DT2B

Target Dmax DT2C

Target Dmax DT2 Mammo

X-Rite 310

3.20 O.D.

3.05 O.D.

3.80 O.D.

X-Rite 331

3.09 O.D.

2.93 O.D.

3.68 O.D.

X-Rite 341

3.05 O.D.

2.89 O.D.

3.65 O.D.

X-Rite 301

3.10 O.D.

2.88 O.D.

3.63 O.D.

MacBeth

3.10 O.D.

2.91 O.D.

3.68 O.D.

Gretag D200

3.05 O.D.

2.88 O.D.

3.63 O.D.

• •

When the Dmax isn't reached, the is informed via local display to retry the film calibration. The TH power will be increased so that the Dmax will be reached. If Dmax is still more than ± 2% different from the target Dmax the display will show "calibration failed". In this case check the CDM measurement area at the lightbox for dust stripes. Refer to Figure 11 . X

X





DD+DIS033.07E

5


Printer - Modality connection The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for connection of the printer to the modality. The following table lists these tasks.

Task

Importance

Accessible via * ...

mandatory

--

Set-up logical printers

optional

Browser pages

Print diagnostic and/or test images

mandatory

--

Adjust image settings

optional

Key-operator menu and Browser pages

Let the modality be set-up

5.1

Details see... 5.1

X5.1

5.2

X5.2

5.3

X5.3

X

5.4

X5.4

Modality set-up (1)

Let the modality be set-up at the modality.

(2)

Tell the modality service engineer following printer parameters: • • • •

Printer Type (Agfa DRYSTAR AXYS) IP address AE-title Available film formats.





DD+DIS033.07E

5.2


Logical printers Set-up (1) Check, whether the printer requires the "logical printer setup", i.e. to setup more than one AE title for the printer. See flowchart below:

Logical Printer Setup Decision Flowchart Check whether modality s more than one application (e.g. Mammo + CR).

Modality s > 1 application ?

No

Okay. Logical Printer Setup not required.

Yes Check whether images of different applications can be adapted to required settings. Example. DR: Dmax 3.2; LUT: Kanamori Mammo: Dmax: 3.8, LUT: linear

Adjustment at modality possible?

Yes

Okay. Logical Printer Setup not required. Perform adjustments at modality.

No Create two logical printers. Proceeding see this section. 536401mm.cdr

Figure 12





DD+DIS033.07E


Accessible via … Accessible via menu:

Browser only. Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile editor - Setup DICOM print S Servers

Purpose:

Define more than one logical printer. This may be required in case a modality sends images from different applications to the printer. See also Info next page.

Default value:

Only one logical printer. Internal name: DEFAULT_S Called AE title: DSAXYS


HOME HELP

DICOM Print S Setup

Setup one or more Dicom S servers on this device: One 'Dicom Print S server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom print associations Dicom Print S Internal Name: DEFAULT_S Called AE title: DSAXYS Listen at Port: 104 Max. allowed associations: 10 Secure channel (SSL): Comments:

OK

Create new Dicom Print S

Cancel

Changes require reboot 5367_Reg01_003_e.cdr

Figure 13 NOTE: • The Called AE title is defined during the execution of the printer installation wizard. It can also be adapted in the "DICOM Print S Setup" screen. • The number of logical S printers is limited. As each configured S server consumes resources of the printer, use as little S servers as possible. Rule of thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.





DD+DIS033.07E


Enclosed an example where it is required to configure two logical S printers: • Printing is initiated at a PACS workstation. • Two types of modalities as input. o Mammography images: Interpolation cubic bell with smoothfactor 1.1 o CT images: Interpolation highres cubic with smoothfactor -0.9. Problem: The PACS workstation has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR AXYS does not recognize, for which type of modality (CT or Mammo) the wants to print. Solution (see " Figure 14: Example for logical printer setup " next page): • Create one logical printer 'DSAXYSMammo' and one 'DSAXYSCT. • Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers with the required settings. • In the PACS workstation setup both printers: The has to select the proper logical printer. X

X

NOTE: In the example of Figure 14 the checkboxes before the "Kernel" parameters are set. X

This setting prevents, that the modality can overrule the adjusted parameter. It always depends on the application, whether this is desired or not. This has to be discussed with the modality service engineer and/or the customer.





DD+DIS033.07E


Required setting: Cubic Bell 0.9

Print CT

DSAXYSCT DSAXYSCT DSAXYSMAMMO

PACS Console

Mammo

AE Title: PACS

Required setting: Cubic Bell 1.1 Mammo Modality = yes

Drystar Axys with Mammo License AE Title 1: DSAXYSCT AE Title 2: DSAXYSMAMMO Logical Printer Setup (Dicom Print S Setup) in Drystar Axys HOME HELP

DICOM Print S Setup

HOME HELP

Dicom Print S

Dicom Print S Internal Name: Mammo Printer Called AE title: DSAXYSMAMMO Listen at Port: 105 Max. allowed associations: 10 Secure channel (SSL): Comments:

Internal Name: DEFAULT_S Called AE title: DSAXYSCT Listen at Port: 104 Max. allowed associations: 10 Secure channel (SSL): Comments: OK

DICOM Print S Setup


Cancel

OK


Cancel

DICOM Host Profile Setup in Drystar Axys HELP

Host Profile: CR QS

HELP

Host Profile: CR QS Mammo

Nick Name: CT PACS Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS

Nick Name: Mammo PACS Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS

Use this profile only for local S server: DEFAULT S ........................................................... ...........................................................

Use this profile only for local S server: MAMMO Printer ........................................................... ...........................................................

Kernel: custom

Kernel: custom

Edit Custom cubicBell 0.9

........................................................... ...........................................................

Edit Custom cubicBell 1.1

........................................................... ........................................................... No Mammo modality:

........................................................... ........................................................... ........................................................... ........................................................... Yes Mammo modality:

OK Cancel Show Defaults

OK Cancel Show Defaults

Show last Input

Show last Input 536701mr.cdr

Figure 14: Example for logical printer setup DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E

5.3

Printing of diagnostic and / or test images (1) (2)

5.4


Print a few diagnostic images from the connected modalities. Compare them at the lightbox with the image on the monitor.

Image adjustments For systematic image adjustment follow the flowchart below: Image Adjustment Flowchart

Modality is a Mammo modality ?

Yes

Make Mammo specific adjustments as described in 5.4.1. When finished, continue with next step.

No

Check whether on MEDNET HealthCare Library a Connectivity Release Document for the Printer - Modality combination is available.

Connectivity Release Document available?

Yes

Make adjustments as described in Connectivity Release Document. Refer to 5.4.2 When finished, continue with next step.

No

Customer is satisfied with image quality?

Yes

Okay. No further image adjustments required.

No Required image adjustments can be made at modality? No

Yes

No

Perform image adjustments at the printer. Refer to 5.4.4 536701mp.cdr

Make adjustments at the modality. Refer to 5.4.3

Customer is satisfied with image adjustments? Yes Okay. No further image adjustments required.

Figure 15: Adjusting image quality





DD+DIS033.07E

5.4.1


Mammography specific Image Adjustments NOTE: By default the Mammography printing functionality of the printer is switched off. Two conditions have to be fulfilled to allow printing of Mammography images: • Mammo license is activated. See section 3.6. • A DICOM host profile for the Mammo modality with setting "Mammo modality = yes" has to be created. This 2nd step is described here. In case the printer has no Mammo modality as input, skip this step. (1) In the browser pages select "Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile editor New". (2) Enter Nickname (A). (3) Enter modality AE title (B). (4) Select "Mammo Modality = yes" (D). (5) If a small clear border is required (See Figure 17 next page) - adjust “image orientation” to “r 180” (C) - switch on Mammo CWR Rotation* (E). (6) In case the modality and printer is part of an Agfa Solution, make adjustments as defined in the solution requirements.

HELP

A B C D E

Host Profile: CR QS Mammo

Nick Name: CR QS Mammo Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': QS ........................................................... ........................................................... Image orientation: r180 ........................................................... ........................................................... Yes Mammo modality: Mammo CWR Rotation: No OK Cancel Show Defaults

Show last Input 536701gk.cdr

Figure 16 *CWR = Chest Wall Rotation





DD+DIS033.07E


Host Profile Adjustments for “small clear border” at Mammo printing:

Without Chest Wall Rotation DICOM Host Profile Parameter "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes "Image Orientation" = r180

DICOM Host Profile Parameter "Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default) "Image Orientation" = r0 (default) Print Direction

R

Film 1 L

Print Direction

L

Film 2

Film 1

Film 2

R Rotate 180° before hanging at the lightbox

1 2

Lightbox

Lightbox L

+ -

R

L

536401gq.cdr

Same film tint for both films Film overlap approx. 4 mm: Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2

+ -

R

Film overlap approx. 2 to 4 mm only Film tint depends on print direction: Film 1 has slightly different color tint if viewed from the side 536701gq.cdr

Figure 17





DD+DIS033.07E

5.4.2


Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document (1) If a Connectivity Release Document for the Printer - Modality Combination exists, perform the image adjustments as described there. (2) When finished, print test images from the modality. (3) Check the image quality together with the customer. (4) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart (see Figure 15 ). X

NOTE: Connectivity Release Documents describe all parameters and required adjustments to guarantee: • Communication between modality and the printer • Image adjustment at the modality and / or the printer. MEDNET Path

5.4.3

Connectivity Release Documents are available in MEDNET, HealthCare Library General Info - Connectivity & Application.

Image Adjustments at the Modality The Image adjustments at the modality are split up in contrast (see 5.4.3.1 ) and sharpness adjustments (see 5.4.3.2 ): X

X

5.4.3.1

Contrast Adjustment (1) Select the required taste LUT (Look Up Table) at the modality. If possible use the "Kanamori Taste LUT". NOTE: The Look-Up-Table is responsible for the contrast of the image (in combination with Dmin and Dmax) and may be named at the modality as follows: • Taste LUT • Perception LUT • Correction LUT • Presentation LUT.





DD+DIS033.07E

5.4.3.2


Sharpness Adjustment (1) Check the DICOM conformance statement whether the modality sends the images in page mode or image mode. (2) Select the required smooth factor at the modality to define the sharpness of the image. See Figure 18 . (3) When finished, print test images from the modality. (4) Check the image quality together with the customer (5) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart. See Figure 15. X

X

Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values) 251 245 235

299

148

199 less sharp

200

143 138

101

sharp

Cubic Bell

Cubic High Res

too sharp

536401XK.CDR

Legend Limits Default 299

251

245 235

200

Useable values

Figure 18

NOTE: Use Cubic Bell interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Page Mode (images already composed for the film). Use Cubic High Res interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Image Mode (printer composes the different images for the film).





DD+DIS033.07E

5.4.4


Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu NOTE: •

Via key-operator menu only the parameters Look-up table, Interpolation and Dmax can be adjusted.

•

Before these parameters can be changed, the modality has to be configured at the printer. This is done either via Printer Installation Wizard or via key-operator function "3 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 3 Add modality".

•

This creates a DICOM Host Profile with the settings as defined in the printer modality database (Corresponding printer parameter of the Installation wizard or "Add modality" function: "Brand").

Important remark: Changing parameter via key-operator menu does not automatically ensure that the value is applied.

U

U

Two situations can be distinguished: o In case the modality does not send a parameter (e.g. no Dmax value sent), the value set in the printer is applied to the modality print job. o In case the modality sends a parameter value, (e.g. Dmax = 2.8 O.D.) this value still has priority above the value set in the printer. Even when an empty value (" ") is sent. U

U

This means, the value sent by the modality has higher priority than the value set in the printer, and therefore it is always preferred to set the required parameter value at the side of the modality. If this cannot be done your local Application Specialist.





DD+DIS033.07E


Accessible via …



Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality <Modality XYZ>

Purpose:

Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the modality.

Default value:

•

Look-up table: Kanamori. Refer to Figure 18.

•

Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7. Refer to Figure 19.

•

Dmax 3.20.

X

Example browser screen: Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer


Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Daily used name Modality AE-title Look Up Table: Interpolation:

Maximum density:

Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Select kanamori like value:

CT2 CT2_ARC

100

Linear Kanamori Kanamorilike

Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7) -0.7

Replication Linear CubicHi-res CubicBell

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 536701fs.cdr

280 285 290 295


Figure 19 NOTE: Interpolation setting "Linear" usually gives too smooth image impression. Interpolation settings "Replication" usually gives too "pixely" image impression. Both settings are used in exceptional cases only.





DD+DIS033.07E


Possible Look up table settings Dmax

Kanamori curve and Kanamori like value 220 mori Kana

Dmin

Kanamori_like 100 = Kanamori Kanamori_like 200 = linear Kanamori_like 220 = logarithmic

200 100 75

Input 255

0

536401GM.CDR

Figure 18

Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel values)

5.9

1.1

0.9

0.7

0.1

Cubic Bell

Legend Limits Default 5.9

1.1

0.9

0.7

0.1

Reasonable values 4.9 less sharp

-0.2 -0.7 -1.2 sharp

-4.9

536601GL.CDR

Cubic High Res

too sharp

Figure 21

NOTE: For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS269.06E.





DD+DIS033.07E


Alternative: Image settings via DICOM host profile: Accessible via menu: Purpose:

Default value: Example browser screen:

Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile editor – New or View/Edit Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the modality Refer to Figure 22. HELP

Host Profile: Name XYZ

These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host (modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input. You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side. Nick Name: Name XYZ Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE Use this profile only for local S server: all Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change Number of Copies: Print Priority: low Polarity: normal Film Orientation: portrait Trim: no Film Size ID: Medium Type: Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not ed: yes Print even if Application type not ed: no Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100 Kernel: site Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes, Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7 Decimate/Crop behaviour : disabled Pixel Size: Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0 Perception LUT: kanamori Kanamori Like value: Custom value: Illumination (cd/m2): Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): Border Density (OD x100): Empty Image Density (OD x100): Minimum Density (OD x100): Maximum Density (OD x100): site 300 Header Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Footer Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Window (%): Level (%): Image Orientation: r0 Conformance/Status Level: 0 Nevent enabled: off site Mammo modality: site Mammo CWR Rotation: NO Association Timeout (s): Image Timeout (s): Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: Resolution: 508 ed SOP classes: Edit LR like: off OK Cancel Show Defaults

Show last Input

Manually customized items are show in red The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button) 5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr

Figure 22 NOTE: For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS269.06E. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E

6


Acceptance Test Purpose of the acceptance test: Proof of printer reproduction capability of image on the monitor.

Check according to criteria defined by National Acceptance Test Procedure

Console Drystar Axys

5367_Reg01_002_e.cdr

Figure 23

(1)

Perform the acceptance test according to national regulations: • Example for DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo in : Acceptance test as defined by Afssaps / EUREF. For preparations refer to DRYSTAR AXYS Technical Documentation DD+DIS033.07E, Chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations. • Example for : DIN6868 Part 56.

NOTE: The German DIN6868 Part 56 is similar to the Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC1223-2-4. The Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC 1223-2-4 is described in the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS269.06E.





DD+DIS033.07E

7


Completion of installation The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for customer instruction and backup of printer settings. The following table lists these tasks.

Task

7.1

Importance

Accessible via ...

Instruct the Customer in operation of the printer

mandatory

--

Save settings on backup CF card

mandatory

Key-operator menu

Details see... 7.1

X7.1

7.2

X7.2

Customer Instruction (1)

Instruct the customer in following activities:

Activity

Refer to or Reference Manual ....

Switching on the printer: Warm up time 7 min.

manual: "Switching on the DRYSTAR AXYS"

Switching off the printer. It can take up to 20 secs. until the printer switches off.

Manual: "Switching off the DRYSTAR AXYS".

Loading films: RF tag and its function.

Manual: "Loading films".

Removing film jams.

Reference manual "Troubleshooting: Clearing of film jams".

Show dust stripes on a previous test film and how to prevent:

Reference manual "Troubleshooting Checklist".

•

Keep printer always closed.

•

Clean TH resistor line with alcohol and lint free cloth when dust stripes appear or when printer displays "Printhead cleaning required".

(2)

Hand over the and reference manual to the customer.





DD+DIS033.07E

7.2


Backup of Printer Settings (1)

Open the upper film tray to take out the CF card for storage of the machine specific data.

(2)

Select Key-operator menu "4 Save Configuration".

(3)

Follow the further instructions on the LCD display.

초 2

5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr

Figure 24





HEALTHCARE

Chapter 2

Imaging Services

Functional Description



►

Purpose of this document This document explains the functional principle including the functions of the individual assemblies.

►

►


Release Date

1.1

06-2009

Changes compared to previous Version 1.0

•

Updated technical data in table, where different Drystar printers are compared. See section 2.1.

•

Updated table with detailed comparison of Drystar 5302 with Drystar Axys: Added new functions of software 2.0.0_C2. See section 2.2.

•

Updated table with overview of calibrations. See section 4.


Title

DD+DIS142.09E

Service Bulletin 05: Software 2.0.0_C2 available



Document Node ID: 14350804 eq_02_functional_e_template_v07



DD+DIS033.07E

►





(2)






Chapter 2 / 2 Agfa Company Confidentia

DD+DIS033.07E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4

2

COMPARISON TO OTHER AGFA B&W PRINTERS ..............................................................5

3

2.1

Technical Data compared to Drystar 5300 and Drystar 5503 ..................................................5

2.2

Detailed Comparison Drystar 5302 – Drystar Axys ..................................................................6

FILM RUN.................................................................................................................................7 3.1

Backside Printing Recognition ................................................................................................13

3.2

Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm..............................................................................................14

3.3

Mammo Printing Functionality.................................................................................................16

4

CALIBRATIONS .....................................................................................................................18

5

MODULES ..............................................................................................................................19 5.1

Printer Modules .......................................................................................................................19

5.2

Hardware.................................................................................................................................21

5.3

Modules and E-Labels ............................................................................................................23

6

DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE ....................................................................................................25

7

THERMAL MODEL.................................................................................................................27





DD+DIS033.07E

1


Introduction Purpose of the printer •

High resolution (508 dpi) DICOM network dry printer for: o 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films o 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films

Printing principle • •

Direct thermal on thermo-sensitive, dry films 2 input trays and 1 output tray

Main application •

Well suited to all medical applications, especially Mammo and CR applications

Connections •

1 Gb/s Network connection (Default: Automatic detection of 10Mb/s and 100Mb/s network is enabled, automatic detection of 1Gb/s network is disabled)

Service Concept • • • • •

Customer installable No service PC needed for basic installation, maintenance and service, but is convenient for entering detailed host profile settings Strict modular design: Production assemblies = service assemblies All switches, sensors and motors are monitored via current measurement on main engine board (Devil U) If online diagnosis does not detect the exact reason for the error, an offline check of the modules can be performed via browser pages

DX-S

53 66 02 ad .cd r

Ultrasound

CR QS

Printer

Service Host

Figure 1: Typical network installation of a Drystar AXYS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E


2

Comparison to other AGFA B&W Printers

2.1

Technical Data compared to Drystar 5300 and Drystar 5503

POWER

Technical Specification Weight Throughput Dmax Resolution

Drystar Axys (SW Rel. 2.0)

Drystar 5300 (SW Rel. 2.1)

Drystar 5503 (SW Rel. 6.0)

90 kg

55 kg

193 kg

75/h (14x17") 140/h (8x10")

70/h (14x17") 100/h (11x14“)

100/h (14x17") up to 160/h (8x10“)

3.8 O.D.*

3.1 O.D.

3.2 O.D.

508 dpi

320 dpi

508 dpi

Warm-up time

4 minutes → queuing 4 minutes → queuing 7 minutes → printing 9 minutes → printing

4 minutes → queuing 9 minutes → printing

Access time

65 s for 1st film 14x17”



8x10, 10x12, 11x14, 14x14, 14x17

11x14, 14x17

8x10, 10x12, 11x14, 14x14, 14x17

Number trays

2

1

3

Applications

All medical applications

Film formats (inch)

All medical All medical applications applications, especially CT/MR, except mammography

* Dmax depends on densitometer which is used for measurement: Densitometer

Target Dmax DT2B

Target Dmax DT2C

X-Rite 310

3.20 O.D.

3.05 O.D.

Target Dmax DT2 Mammo 3.80 O.D.

X-Rite 331

3.08 O.D.

2.97 O.D.

3.68 O.D.

X-Rite 341

3.05 O.D.

2.93 O.D.

3.65 O.D.

X-Rite 301

3.04 O.D.

2.93 O.D.

3.62 O.D.

MacBeth

3.09 O.D.

2.96 O.D.

3.67 O.D.

Gretag D200

3.04 O.D.

2.92 O.D.

3.63 O.D.





DD+DIS033.07E

2.2


Detailed Comparison Drystar 5302 – Drystar Axys The design of the Drystar Axys is based on the Drystar 5302 printer. This section shows the differences in detail. Main hardware differences: Hardware

Drystar 5302

Drystar Axys

Reason for Difference

Thermal Head

320 dpi resolution

508 dpi resolution

508 dpi resolution required for mammo printing

Main engine controller

Themis U

Thanos U

Thanos is faster than Themis U to higher data throughput due to higher resolution

Main functional differences:

#

Function:

Drystar 5302 SW < 2.0.0_C2

Drystar 5302 SW ≥ 2.0.0_C2

Drystar Axys

Details see:

1. of Mammo printing

Section 3.6 of the Drystar Axys service manual.

2. Entering Site Data via data from "Site Data Tool"

Chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure

3. Import / Export of DICOM host profile

Online HELP of the printer

4. "True size deviation" host profile parameter


5. "Cropping" host profile parameter


6. Printing of the infocounter on film

Chapter 3.2, Machine specific Tools

7. Resistor measurement to troubleshoot print stripes

Chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations

8. Horizontal film alignment available in the keyoperator menu (to be executed by the customer)

Chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations

9. Smart Profile Calibration

Section 4 of this chapter





DD+DIS033.07E

3


Film Run This section describes the film run through the printer.

Cam drive

Output Rollers Motor Suspension drive

TH Drum CDM Rollers driven by gearbox module (1 to 5)

1

2

Filmrun upper tray

4 3

5

Pickup Unit

Vacuum Pump

Filmrun lower tray 536602ag.cdr

Figure 2: Filmrun through the printer Description of one film cycle: 1.

The vacuum pump starts.

Figure 3: Pump & Valves Module





DD+DIS033.07E

2.


The suction cups of the pickup unit move down to the film.

Figure 4: Film Pickup 3.

The gear box module starts driving the rollers. In addition it opens the feeding rollers at the pickup unit.

4.

The pickup unit transports the film between the feeding rollers.

5.

The gearbox module transports the film further towards TH.

Figure 5: Gear Box Module





DD+DIS033.07E

6.


In case the film is transported upwards from the lower tray, the input sensors monitor the film run.

Figure 6: Input Sensors Module 7.

The cam drive moves the TH up, to let the film edge be transported between TH and drum.

Figure 7: Cam drive





DD+DIS033.07E


8.

Depending on the previous film width (14" or 10"), the suspension drive changes position or stays in the current position (TH pressure adjustment).

9.

The cam drive closes the gap between TH and drum.

Figure 8: Suspension drive 10.

The drum motor moves the film forward.

Figure 9: Drum Drive





DD+DIS033.07E

11.


The heat transfer from TH to film takes place.

Figure 10: Thermal Head 12.

The print drum, driven by the drum motor, moves the film forward.

Figure 11: Print Drum





DD+DIS033.07E

13.


When the film edge reaches the output module, the CDM checks "backside printing". For details refer to section 3.1.

Figure 12: CDM 14.

When printing is finished, the cam drive opens the gap between TH and drum.

15.

The output rollers transport the film out of the printer.

Figure 13: Output Module





DD+DIS033.07E

3.1


Backside Printing Recognition Films are inserted in the printer with the backing layer on top. If a film is inserted with the backing layer upside down, the backing layer can contaminate the thermal head, as it begins melting when the thermal head heats it up. Normally it is not possible to insert a film wrong. If a customer however re-inserts a jammed film, the chance is 50% that he inserts it the right way. See NOTE next page. To prevent that a wrong inserted film contaminates the thermal head, the printer prints a small rectangle on top of the film and checks when the film arrives at the CDM, whether this small rectangle has Dmax. In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must have been inserted wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the of back-side printing, to check the correct positioning of the film and to remove the film jam. Thus the thermal head is only contaminated slightly, as the film is only printed a few cm on the wrong side.

Black Rectangle for Backside Printing Recognition Distance TH - CDM

Film printed on the Non-Emulsion side ("Backside").

Diagnostic Area

Border

(O.D. between Dmin and Dmax; Refer to Host Profile parameter "Border Density")

Backside printing Remove film jam 536602dc.cdr

Figure 14: Backside printing recognition





DD+DIS033.07E


NOTE: The emulsion side in general is slightly smoother than the backing layer. This can be heard by wiping over it → The backing layer makes much more noise.

Noise (dB) Backing layer Emulsion layer

The backing layer has to be on top when the film is laying in the tray. Figure 15

3.2

Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm At this position, where the TH has to print always Dmax, i.e. at the left and right image border, the TH looses its characteristic relatively fast, which is determined by the Micro profile calibration in production. As a consequence, the TH produces after many prints small print stripes at this position in 14" films, where the black border of the 10" films is located. To prevent, that the TH has to print the black border always at the same position, a left/right shift algorithm is built in. For each film pack the complete image information is shifted slightly: • Pack 1 has 0 mm shift • Pack 2 has +0.3 mm shift • Pack 3 has 0 mm shift • Pack 4 has -0.3 mm shift • Pack 5 has 0 mm shift • And so on The clear left and right borders are influenced by this shift mechanism but they are within specification.





DD+DIS033.07E


Exaggerated print stripes without left / right shift algorithm Image Info

Image Info Left / right shift algorithm

Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

+0,3 mm

+0,3 mm

Image Info Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

Image Info Image Info

14x17" 8x10" Image Info Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

Image Info

Shift of complete Image Info +- 0.3 mm for each film pack

536602dd.cdr

Figure 16: Left / right shift print algorithm





DD+DIS033.07E

3.3


Mammo Printing Functionality What does it mean "Mammo Printing"? • Mammograms are X-ray examinations of the female breast. • Due to the small objects the radiographers want to recognize, images have to have a high dynamic range (D max > 3.6 O.D.). • Usually 2 examinations are made: One for the left, one for the right breast. For diagnosis they are hanging symmetrically at the lightbox.

Lightbox L

R

Figure 17

Special Mammo Adjustments: • No DICOM host profile required to print via DICOM at the printer from nonMammo modality. • A dedicated host profile is required for each Mammo modality. A host profile for Mammo is defined via following DICOM host profile parameters: o Mandatory Parameter - Mammo Modality Æ yes o Optional Parameter - Maximum Density Æ 380 - Mammo CWR Rotation (see Figure 18) Æ yes/no (default) /site (= as defined in „site profile“. Default in site profile: NO)





DD+DIS033.07E


Without Chest Wall Rotation DICOM Host Profile Parameter "Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default)

DICOM Host Profile Parameter "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes

Print Direction

Print Direction Image on film 1 is printed 180° rotated

R

Film 1 L

Film 1

Film 2

R Film 2

L Rotate 180° before hanging at the lightbox

1 2

Lightbox

Lightbox L

+ -

R

L

536401gq.cdr

Same film tint for both films Film overlap approx. 4 mm: Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2

+ -

R

Film overlap approx. 1 mm only Film tint depends on print direction: Film 1 has slightly different color tint if viewed from the side (only 8x10" and 11x14")! 536401gq.cdr

Figure 18: Chest wall rotation on/off





DD+DIS033.07E

4


Calibrations The following table lists the different Drystar Axys calibrations:

Characteristic

CDM

TH profile

Film

Smart Profile

Compliance Film

Purpose of the To determine new calibration reference values for the CDM. This is done via an external densitometer.

To reduce vertical macro banding (vertical density irregularities). Only macro density compensation is possible (in opposite to micro compensation in production).

To measure the film sensitometry and to use these values for internal reference, so that the printer behaves linear regarding density reproduction. In addition, the maximum density is adapted.

Equalization of TH resistor drift in the area of 10" film black borders when printing in mixed format conditions (mix of 10" and 14" print width).

Make film calibration this accurate, that it es the acceptance criteria as defined by Afssaps / EUREF: The default film calibration procedure is not necessarily accurate enough.

• Whenever the internal densitometer has to be adapted to an external densitometer (for image quality control)

Unacceptable line artifacts visible in medical service test image

• During the troubleshooting procedure. Refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting

• Before the Afssaps / EUREF acceptance test

Film printed

To be done in following cases

• At maintenance • To compensate small density variations of the new film, when a new film package is used

• If density reproduction check is not ok No

Automatic yes/no

No

Yes, but only if switched on*

• In certain cases during maintenance. Refer to section 9, Maintenance

• Each 6 months, if the printer is under control of Afssaps / EUREF, and it did not the Afssaps / EUREF calibration check

No

No

* Automatic film calibration to be switched on via menu: '2 Change settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General - Select Default for Film Calibration





DD+DIS033.07E

5


Modules This section is divided in following sub-sections: Item

5.1

Section

Printer modules

5.1

Hardware

5.2

Modules and E-Lables

5.3

Printer Modules This section lists the different printer modules (= spare parts).

13

15

10

11

16 17

12

14

9

18 22

8

19

7 20

6 3

1 21

4 5

2

Figure 19: Printer Modules DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E


#

Name

1

KEYPAD/DISPLAY MODULE

Yes

2

GEAR BOX & BELT

3

E-Label*

Purpose

Also used in

MOD #**

Interface

Drystar 5300 Drystar 5302

10

-

Film drive towards TH

Drystar 5302

14

SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE

-

TH pressure adjustment (10" / 14" film width)

Drystar 5302

15

4

Thanos PCB W/O RAM

-

U (Operation; image processing)

-

12

5

512Mb RAM MODULE

-

RAM for operating system


18

6

DEVIL PCB

U (film run)

Drystar 5302

08

7

VILIS COOLING FAN

-

Cools down Devil/Themis/RAM

Drystar 5300

20

8

TPH COOLING FAN

-

Cools down TH

Drystar 5302

16

Main power supply for all consumers

Drystar 5302

09

Data storage


--

Film transport out of printer. Density measurement with integrated CDM

Drystar 5302

06

Yes

9

Yes

POWER SUPPLY

10

HARD DISC 73 GB

-

11

OUTPUT MODULE

Yes

12

TPH FILTER MODULE

-

TPH dust filter


--

13

PUMP & VALVES ASSY

-

Vacuum for suction cups of pickup module

Drystar 5500 Drystar 5503 Drystar 5302

17

14

Input Sensors Module

-

Filmrun check before print drum

Drystar 5302

11

15

DRUM DRIVE MODULE

-

Drum drive

Drystar 5302

07

16

OSB SWITCH BOARD

-

TH power


--

17

PRINT DRUM MODULE

-

Print drum; Transport during printing

Drystar 5302

--

18

THERMAL HEAD

19

TAG READER ASSY

20

UPPER / LOWER PICK UP MODULE

Yes

21

UPPER / LOWER TRAY without Tag Reader

22

CAM DRIVE MODULE

Yes

-

05

Film tag reader

Drystar 5500 Drystar 5503 Drystar 5302

--

Film pickup via 2 suction cups

Drystar 5302

03/04

-

Film supply

Drystar 5302

01/02

-

TH position adjustment (printing / film transport in and out of TH section)

Drystar 5302

13

-

Image transfer to film

*For description of E-Label refer to section 5.3. ** The Module number is shown in error messages. Example: "MOD13: Please replace module"

NOTE: This list does not show all spare parts. Parts that have no real function during printing, like the covers or hand grips are not listed. Refer to chapter 5 for a complete spare parts list.





DD+DIS033.07E

5.2


Hardware This section shows an overview of all hardware components and lists their purpose.

Key 6 board

SCSI

Devil U

Hard disk drive

Display

> 73 GB RS232 IDE

ETH Sensors Motors Pumps

CF drive

Data PCI

Power Supply Thermal Head

RS232

Thanos board 512 MB RAM

Power OSB Board

536702da.cdr

Figure 20: Hardware Components Overview

Hardware Component Thanos Board

Devil U

Description •

U: Keeps the operating system and application software in RAM (512 MB) during operation

•

Keeps a flash EPROM for Bootup

•

Performs image processing

•

Controls all sensors, motors, valves and pump

•

Controls the power supply

•

Sends the image data to the Thermal Head

•

Provides for following connections: -

SCSI interface to hard disk

-

CF card reader

-

Ethernet 1 Gb/sec. twisted pair interface

-

RS232 service port





DD+DIS033.07E


Hardware Component

Description

Key 6 Board

•

Controls the display with 122 (width) x 32 (height) pixels

•

Controls all buttons and LEDs required for operation

Hard disk

•

Keeps the operating system, all application software and diagnostic data

CF drive

•

To save or install data via CF card type II

Thermal head

•

Transfers the diagnostic data (pixels) via heating elements to the heat sensitive film

OSB board

•

Switch board for the different TH heating elements

•

Provides the power for heating up the resistor elements

•

Supplies all voltages for the printer (+3,3 V, + 5 V, +12 V, -12 V, +20 V, +24 V, + 55V)

•

Connected via RS232 interface to the Devil board, to allow saving temporary data before switch off

Power supply





DD+DIS033.07E

5.3


Modules and E-Labels The E-Label is a small EPROM attached to the module, which keeps information about the module, like e.g.: • Name • Hardware Version • Nr. of print cycles • Last error code An example for the readout of an E-Label is given in Figure 22 In case the E-label is defective or not connected the printer issues a warning message. Printing is possible however also without E-label. The decision, whether a module has an E-label or not depends on whether the corresponding module: • Can be repaired in the repair center or • Requires module specific data The table in section 5.1 lists, which module has an E-Label.

Figure 21: Example for E-Label at Power Supply





DD+DIS033.07E


_____________________________ Name....................................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/name

Name....................................Value

OUTPUT ASSY

HardwareVersion.................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hardwareVersion

HardwareVersion.................Value 3 OrderNumber.......................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/orderNumber

OrderNumber.......................Value http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/partNumber PartNumber..........................Uri PartNumber..........................Value http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rdeNumber RdeNumber..........................Uri RdeNumber..........................Value A333462.3 SerialNumber.......................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/serialNumber

SerialNumber.......................Value

40

FirstUseDate........................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/firstUseDate

FirstUseDate........................Value LastUseDate........................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastUseDate

LastUseDate........................Value HoursOfOperation...............Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hoursOfOperation

HoursOfOperation...............Value 1876 NrOfCycles...........................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfCycles

NrOfCycles...........................Value 21166 LastRepairDate....................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairDate

LastRepairDate....................Value RepairSiteName...................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/repairSiteName

RepairSiteName...................Value http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfRepairs NrOfRepairs.........................Uri NrOfRepairs.........................Value 0 LastRepairCode...................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairCode

LastRepairCode...................Value LastModuleSpecificErrors...Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastModuleSpecificErrors

LastModuleSpecificErrors...Value HC205007 NominalCalIntensity............Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/nominalCalIntensity

NominalCalIntensity............Value 9500 MinCalIntensity...................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/minCalIntensity

MinCalIntensity...................Value

8500

MaxCalIntensity...................Uri

http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/maxCalIntensity

MaxCalIntensity...................Value 10500 _____________________________ RandomUri RandomValue backToMain

produce

request

randomRequest

reconfigureThisELabel

Figure 22: Example for E-Label content





DD+DIS033.07E

6


Diagnostic Software An online diagnosis software is permanently monitoring the correct signal and timing of the valves and the pump, motors and sensors which are connected to the Devil module. In case of a mismatch an error is issued.

Example message: MOD04 Please replace module

M

Printer Software

Application Software

Online Diagnosis

Devil U

Operating System 536602aa.cdr

Figure 23





DD+DIS033.07E


Errors are internally divided into: • Events • Warnings • Defects In general events are clearable, warnings are "key-operator" (= experienced or hospital technician) clearable, whereas defects have to be repaired by service personnel. Warnings and error messages are written into the infocounter.

Errors: Classification and treatment Filmrun Step 1

clearable Message in plain text. E.g. 'close upper cover'

Online Diagnosis

key-operator clearable everything no okay?

event warning defect

Message in plain text: E.g. CDM not calibrated

yes

Filmrun Step n

Infocounter B

service clearable

Error message: HC10907: Suspension motor M3 not connected or malfunctioning 536602af.cdr

Figure 24





DD+DIS033.07E

7


Thermal Model The thermal model can be characterized as follows: • • • •

It is a mathematical description of the interaction Film – TH. It uses parameters like film thickness, thermal conductivity of the film, TH temperature, environmental temperature, print speed and resolution of the print head. The thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name of the product Æ official name 'A # Sharp') describes this interaction very accurate, leading to a very precise reproduction of the image. With the thermal model "TMML" the image looks very sharp and has the image quality of a Laser Imager. Heat of following pixel Drum temperature

Heat of previous pixel Heat of neighbor pixel

TH temperature

Thermal Model

Pixel Stream

Mathematical Thermal Model Description of Interaction Film - TH

Parameter Z

Pixel Stream

Thermal conductivity film

Parameter Y Parameter X

Thermal sensitivity film

Figure 25





Chapter 3.1

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction


DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367

►

Purpose of this document This document lists the printer specific safety notes, in addition to the "generic safety notes" (refer to chapter 0)

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

09-2007

•

Initial Version


Title

n.a.

n.a.


09-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14350213 eq_03-1_safety-repair_e_template_v02



Repair and Service Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction

DD+DIS033.07E



(2)





Chapter 3.1 / 2 Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS033.07E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

SAFETY NOTES FOR SERVICE ACTVITIES .........................................................................4 1.1

Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation .............................................................4

1.2

Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work................................................4

1.3

General Safety Note for all Service Actvities ............................................................................5

1.3.1

Safety switch .............................................................................................................................5

1.3.2

Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements.................................................................6





DD+DIS033.07E


1

Safety Notes for Service Actvities

1.1

Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation CAUTION: The device is heavy (90 kg / 198 lb). Risk of injuries. At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other. Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device. The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device weight may be too heavy for the table. Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more than 90 kg (198 lb).

1.2

Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work WARNING: Thermal Print Head is hot - up to 70 °C: Risk of burns. Avoid with the Thermal Print Head. Observe the relevant sticker on the Thermal Print Head.

CAUTION: Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage. When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.

CAUTION: When mounting the main drive belt in the wrong direction, the image will be corrupted: To ensure correct reassembly mark the outside with a waterproof pen before removing the belt .






DD+DIS033.07E

1.3

General Safety Note for all Service Actvities

1.3.1

Safety switch •

The machine has one safety switch, located below the top cover.

•

It serves as a safety feature if someone opens the machine e.g. to remove a film jam.

S8

When the top cover is opened, the safety switch is activated. 536631aa.cdr

It cuts off the voltage to all motors and the print head. Figure 1 WARNING:

If the safety switch is overridden with a service key there are risks of injuries. Keep your hands and garments away from the device. Remove service key before the device is handed over to the customer. Before the printer is closed the service key must be removed again, otherwise the mechanism of the safety switch may get damaged.

CAUTION: Hardcopy loss if printer is removed from the mains: Before removing the mains cable make sure that there are no films being printed at this time.

CAUTION: Sharp edges inside the device: Injury is possible. Take care during maintenance and replacement of parts.






DD+DIS033.07E

1.3.2

Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements In case of power supply replacements or maintenance check the protective earth resistance according to the national regulations. The electrical check is split up in two steps:

1.3.2.1

Details see..

Step

Task

1

Perform the basic protective earth test

1.3.2.1

2

Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.

1.3.2.2

Basic Protective Earth Test (1)

Use a multimeter that is capable to measure a resistance < 1 Ohm

(2)

Put one probe at the ground connector of the mains input

(3)

Put the other probe at a few metallic parts, the customer could touch. The electrical resistance has to be ≤ 0.2 Ohm. Refer to Figure 2.

536631JN.cdr

2

Figure 2






DD+DIS033.07E

(4)

Insert the power cord at the printer side; leave it disconnected at the wall side.

(5)

Put one probe at the ground connector of the mains connector.

(6)

Put the other probe at a few metallic parts, the customer could touch. The electrical resistance in this case has to be ≤ 0.3 Ohm. Refer to Figure 3.

(7)

536631JK.cdr

check the printer for loose grounding connections, if the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable)

Figure 3

1.3.2.2

Electrical Check according to National Regulations (1)


NOTE: The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each 12 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on National Regulations. Example for : BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.





Chapter 3.2

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Tools and Auxiliary Means



►

Purpose of this document This document describes all tools (software, hardware), which are required for servicing of the printer, incl. general instructions for software installation.

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

10-2007

•

Initial Version


Title

n.a.

n.a.


10-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 18789433 eq_03-2_tools-aux_e_template_v02



Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Means

DD+DIS033.07E



(2)







DD+DIS033.07E

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

MACHINE SPECIFIC TOOLS ..................................................................................................5 1.1

Mandatory tools ........................................................................................................................5

1.2

Optional tools ............................................................................................................................6

1.2.1

Basic Requirements for a Service PC ......................................................................................7

1.2.2

Recommended configuration of the Service PC.......................................................................7

2

CONNECTION OF THE SERVICE PC TO THE PRINTER......................................................8

3

SOFTWARE TOOLS ................................................................................................................9 3.1

Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad................................................................................10

3.2

Infocounter ..............................................................................................................................10

3.2.1

Infocounter Analysis via printed infocounter on Film ..............................................................11

3.2.2

Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report............................................................12

3.2.3

Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session .............................................................12

3.2.4

How to evaluate the Infocounter .............................................................................................14

3.3

Test images.............................................................................................................................15

3.3.1

Testimage STI1.......................................................................................................................16

3.3.2

Testimage STI2.......................................................................................................................18

3.3.3

Testimage SMPTE..................................................................................................................19

3.3.4

Testimage Medical_Image......................................................................................................21

3.3.5

Testimage LinCheck ...............................................................................................................22

3.3.6

Testimage medicalimage ‘Mammo’ ........................................................................................23

3.4

Show Error Codes...................................................................................................................23

3.5

Printer Browser Pages ............................................................................................................24

3.5.1

Operator Tools ........................................................................................................................25

3.5.2

Key-Operator Tools.................................................................................................................26

3.5.3

Service Engineer Tools...........................................................................................................27

3.5.4

Connection to the Printer Browser Pages...............................................................................31

3.5.5

Usage of the Printer Browser Pages ......................................................................................35

3.6

Printer Logging........................................................................................................................43

3.6.1

Required information for the center ...........................................................................43 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

4

3.6.2

Printer Bootup-Message .........................................................................................................45

3.7

ADVP ......................................................................................................................................49

3.7.1

ADVP as DICOM print SCU....................................................................................................50

3.7.2

ADVP as DICOM print S (Print Emulator)..........................................................................50

3.7.3

ADVP as Communication Recorder .......................................................................................52

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION.................................................................................................55 4.1

SW Update: Loading a SW Patch...........................................................................................55

4.1.1

Software Update via CF card..................................................................................................56

4.1.2

Software Update via a remote computer ................................................................................56

4.2

Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive .......................................................57

4.3

Emergency SW Installation on a printer in "Error - System Failure" state..............................59






DD+DIS033.07E

1

Machine specific Tools In addition to the conventional service tools which every service engineer has in his toolbox, the following tools are required for service on the printer:

1.1

Mandatory tools The mandatory tools are required for repair, troubleshooting or maintenance of the printer. Tool

Part Number

Purpose

Anti-static wrist strap

CM+9.9999.0830.0

To avoid static discharges on electronic components

Cleaning tissue (box of 50 pieces)

CM+309931.0

For cleaning of the printer

Densitometer*

To be bought locally

To perform CDM calibration

Ink Eraser 'Pelikan'

10+999991176.0

For the 'dry TH cleaning' procedure

Isopropyl Alcohol and Commercially available lint free cloth

To clean the TH

Magnifying glass 8x

CM+9.9579.9904.0

To check image quality of films at the lightbox

Service key

CM+9.0426.6309.0

To override the safety switch

Standard ruler (1mm) Commercially available

For horizontal image adjustment

Density Reproduction Density reproduction To check calibration of CDM Check files check files are available (internal printer densitometer) via MEDNET, GSO Library Waterproof pen

commercially available

CF card reader/writer EB+72010600 (USB)

To write on printed testfilms To read/write CF-cards on a Service PC via USB interface

EB+72010160 (PCMCIA)

To read/write CF-cards on a Service PC via PCMCIA interface

External CF-card 128 MB

CM+343356.0

To install and save software & data.

Service PC

Commercially available.

To perform different service actions (access to the printer homepage; evaluate infocounter etc.).

See also 1.2.1 and 1.2.2 on page 5.






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: *As DT film used in the Drystar printers has a slightly different color compared to conventional films, different densitometers give different density readings, depending on the light source. To make a correct density measurement use only a calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2. Other densitometers are not ed.

1.2

Optional tools The optional tools are required in exceptional cases only.

Tool

Part Number

Purpose

Crossed network cable

EB+72010270 or commercially available

To get access to the printer homepage, in case access via the hospital network is not possible. Note: Many service PCs as of approx. year 2006 do not require a crossed network cable: They autodetect the type of connection (via hub or point-to-point connection).

RS232 nullmodem cable for the Service PC (SUB D 9F/9F)

EB+44160021

To get access to the printers terminal level. Only required in exceptional cases for troubleshooting (e.g. boot-up problems).






DD+DIS033.07E

1.2.1

Basic Requirements for a Service PC The following specification is the basic requirement for the Service PC: Hardware: • USB port or integrated CF-Card reader • Serial port • Network connection RJ45 Software: • Browser Internet Explorer ≥ 5.0

1.2.2

Recommended configuration of the Service PC The national Agfa GICS department (Global Information and Communication Services) is responsible for selection and configuration of the Service PC. The actual specification is available via Agfa Intranet: Follow the link: Agfa Intranet – IT servicedesk - GICS Intranet - Infrastructure Standards - Standards for PCs and Peripherals






DD+DIS033.07E

2

Connection of the Service PC to the Printer NOTE: Necessity of PC connection: In following cases a PC network connection is mandatory, as these settings only can be made via browser pages. •

To enter the Mammo license

•

To create a Mammo host profile (required for mammo printing)

•

To configure Logical printers

•

To define a host profile for special Image or Connectivity settings (Annotations, OEM Lut etc.)

Proceeding for PC Connection to the Printer at first switch-on: (1)

Set-up your service PC for obtaining an IP address automatically: Setting for Windows 98 / Windows ME / Windows 2000: Select “Control – Network – Properties – Internet Protocol (T/IP) – Properties – Obtain an IP address automatically". Refer to Figure 1 Note: The path may differ for different operating systems. Setting for Windows XP: Select “Control – Network Connections – Local Area Connection – Properties – Internet Protocol (T/IP) – Properties – Tab: Alternative Configuration – Automatic Private IP address". Refer to Figure 2

(2)

Switch on the printer

(3)

Start the Internet Explorer

(4)

Enter the printer default IP address "169.254.10.10" in the printer address window.

NOTE: As the IP address of the printer after installation is usually different from 169.254.XXX.XXX, APIPA connection can only be used during installation. After change of the IP address to one different from 169.254.XXX.XXX and reboot the APIPA connection is not possible anymore. Recommendation: Make a bookmark in your browser for IP address 169.254.10.10






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 1: Windows 98, ME, 2000 network setting

3

Figure 2: Windows XP network setting

Software Tools Following software tools are available Software Tool

Purpose

Details see..

Key-operator menu on the Perform most of the required service local keypad actions

3.1

Infocounter

Troubleshooting

3.2

Test images

Troubleshooting image faults; Confirmation of perfect image quality

3.3

Show error codes

View reason, meaning and cure of error codes

3.4

Printer Browser Pages

Perform DICOM attribute adjustments, e.g. image adjustments

3.6

Logging

View the online logging for troubleshooting purposes

3.6

ADVP

Test the DICOM communication between modality and printer

3.7

NOTE: Besides the functions offered in the Service menu on the printer and the printer browser pages no other service software is available nor required.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.1

Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad

Purpose Use

The key-operator menu allows most of the actions that are required for installation, repair and maintenance of the printer. (1)

Press the Key-operator menu key to select the Key-operator menu.

(2)

With the and keys select the desired menu, (or the desired character when entering text).

(3)

Use the and the desired digit.

(4)

Press to confirm a selection or to cancel.

keys to select

536601ga.cdr

Figure 3 Notes

3.2 Purpose

(1)

The Key-operator menu is also available via the Printer Browser Pages (name: drystar, : axys).

(2)

For a complete description of the Key-operator functions, please refer to the DRYSTAR AXYS Reference manual. An overview of all key-operator menus is available in section 3.7, ‘Software menus, Settings’.

Infocounter The infocounter is used for troubleshooting purposes and for investigation of the printer history before maintenance. It contains following information: •

General information about the printer

•

Information about the installation site of the printer

•

Information about the configuration and hardware components of the printer

•

Statistics about service interventions

•

Statistics about machine reliability

•

Error history

This information about the printer is located in a persistent database. Every 10 minutes there is an automatic update of the database on the hard disk.






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: A copy of the infocounter data is always stored in the battery RAM of the printer. At software installation the contents of the battery RAM are written to the hard disk drive. This guarantees, that the infocounter data are not lost after exchange of the hard disk drive Three possibilities exist to get access to the infocounter (see also Figure 6):

#

Acces to the infocoeunter ...

Refer to ...

A

Via printed infocounter on film

3.2.1

B

Via Printers Infocounters Report

3.2.2

C

Via Service Command session

3.2.3

NOTE: We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via printed infocounter on film', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter. 3.2.1

Infocounter Analysis via printed infocounter on Film Required Tools • none On the local keypad select key-operator menu "Service Actions - Print Infocounters": A film will be printed with the infocounter data Analyze the infocounter as described in section 3.2.4 NOTE: The infocounter is best readable if printed on a 14x17" film.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2.2

Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report Required Tools • Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter. (1)

3.2.3

Connect the Service PC to the network. For details see chapter 3.2, Machine specific tools

(2)

Start the browser (Internet Explorer ≥ 5)

(3)

Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window.

(4)

Select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Printer Infocounters Report"

(5)

Analyze the infocounter file as described in section 3.2.4, How to evaluate the Infocounter

Service PC

Printer

536632el.cdr

Figure 4

Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session Required Tools • Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter (1)

Connect the Service PC to the network

(2)


(3)


(4)

Select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 7 Service Actions - 5 Logging - 2 Infocounters"

Service PC

Printer

536632el.cdr

Figure 5

(5)

Save the infocounter file to the service PC or the CF card.

(6)

Unzip the infocounters ZIP file

(7)

Analyze the infocounter.txt file as described in section 3.2.4, How to evaluate the Infocounter DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

Three ways to get Access to the Infocounter

1

7 Service Actions

Print Infocounters


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

2

7 Service Actions 5 Logging 2. Infocounters

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session

3

Scalingtools Setup Connectivity DICOM profile editor Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Service - Loggings Controller logging 1. To printer flash card Modules 2. To this computer Module repair Go back 536709cf.cdr

Figure 6






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2.4

How to evaluate the Infocounter

Infocounters.txt evaluation What to check in the infocounter

Comment

1.1 Serial number and Installation date

Compare device serial number with chapter 8 ‘Manufacturing Standard Modification’ to determine whether the device possibly requires a modification. Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), ‘HW Modification History’, to check already made modifications. Compare the currently installed SW version with the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8, SW releases, patches. In case a recommended SW patch is available, install this SW patch.

1.4 Software Info

Refer to section 4.1 Infocounters.txt evaluation What to check in the infocounter 2.3 Reliability 3.3 Hardware Modification History 3.4 Software modification history

5.3 Retries

5.7 Error History

5.8 Error list (sorted by relative) and 5.9 Error list (sorted by total):

Comment Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher fault rates need a thorough investigation. By comparing the status of the device with the available modifications (refer to Technical Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware status can be determined. By checking the software modification history it can be determined, whether a recent software upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite often in the error list in the past Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints) have to be investigated: They may reduce the throughput of the device. Check which errors occurred in the last days, how often they appeared as well as the CBF (cycles between failures) of these errors. This gives an overview of the current status of the machine. Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the technical documentation, chapter 3.3, ‘Troubleshooting’.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3 Purpose

Test images The test images are used to check the complete printer function as well as checking the image quality and certain adjustments The list enclosed gives an overview of the different test images. This list is based on software release 1.8. Name / Purpose

Thumbnail picture

'STI1'

Details see.. 3.3.1

Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image quality.

'STI2'

3.3.2

Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image quality.

‘SMPTE’

3.3.3

Standard test image for evaluation of image quality. ‘Medical_image’

3.3.4

Test image to check, whether stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image. ‘LinCheck’

3.3.5

Test image with 11 increasing grey values. Used for density reproduction check. ‘medicalImage’ (Mammo)

3.3.6

Test image to check the effect of possible stripes or dots in mammo images.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.1 Purpose

Usage

Testimage STI1 Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image quality. (1)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage – 1 Test image STI1.ZIP'.

(2)

The test image as displayed in Figure 7 will be printed.

Figure 7

Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows: (1)

Field 1 contains a continuous grey wedge from grey value 0 to 255. Check: no single grey steps may be visible (in case single grey steps are visible, this is called 'contouring'. The naming for this effect is derived from the contour lines in a hiking map).

Figure 8






DD+DIS033.07E

(2)

Field 2 consists of 256 small squares, with grey values from 0 to 255.

Each square has inside another smaller square, with a grey level which is 2 grey steps darker than the surrounding square. Check: all 256 squares must be visible. In addition, a contrast difference must be visible between the individual square and the small square inside. (3)

Field 3 contains a flat field with density value 2.0. Check: no stripes in any direction may be visible.

NOTE: In case stripes, dots or insufficient density reproduction in the image can be observed, refer to the troubleshooting guide (see MEDNET: GSO Library > Hardcopy > Dry Printers > Drystar Axys > Troubleshooting Guide) for symptom, reason and cure.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.2 Purpose

Usage

Testimage STI2 Composed of several different test images to check most aspects of image quality. (1)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage – 1 Test image STI2.ZIP'.

(2)


Figure 9 Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows: (1)

Field 1 contains white and black lines / dots of 1, 2 and 3 pixel width Check: all lines / dots must be visible

(2)

Field 2 consists of a SMPTE testimage. Refer to 3.3.3

(3)

Field 3 consists of a flatfield with Dmax 1.0

(4)

Check: No stripes in horizontal or vertical direction may be visible.

Figure 10






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.3 Purpose

Usage

Testimage SMPTE Standard test image for evaluation of image quality and for trouble shooting (see chapter 3.3.). (1)

In the key-operator menu select '3 Print Image - 1 Testimage SMPTE_xxx.tif'.

(2)


•

SMPTE_lin.TIF: Taste LUT linear. Dmax = Dmax Printer

•

SMPTE_l300.TIF: Taste LUT linear. Dmax = 3.0

•

SMPTE_kan.TIF: Taste LUT Kanamori. Dmax = Dmax Printer

Figure 11






DD+DIS033.07E

Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows: (1)

Fields 1 (4x) consist of 6 squares with horizontal and vertical black and white stripes (1, 2 and 3 pixels wide). Check: Each of the 6 squares must show constant distance between the black and white lines (no interferences may be visible, leading to unequal distances).

(2)

Fields 2 (4x) have the same pattern as fields 1, but less contrast

Figure 12

Check: All 6 squares must be visible. (3)

Fields 3 (3x) consist of several squares with the same density. Check: The individual squares must show constant density. No stripes or dots.

(4)

Field 4 consists of a black square (100% black) with a smaller grey square inside (95% black) The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a smaller square with slightly lower density.

(5)

Field 5 consists of a white square (0% black) with a smaller grey square inside (5% black) Check: The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a smaller square with slightly higher density.

(6)

Field 6 consists of a black square (100% black). Check: The square must show Dmax (default: 3.2 O.D.)

(7)

Fields 7 consists of a white square (0% black). Check: The square must show fog level (for clear based film approx. 0.1 O.D., for blue based film approx. 0.2 O.D.)

NOTE: To check density reproduction, especially for Dmax, use the LinCheck.ZIP test image and measure in the "Density measurement area", as there also the CDM is measuring. Only in this case the measured densities are comparable.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.4 Purpose

Usage

Testimage Medical_Image Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image. (1)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage – 1 Test Image Medical_image.ZIP'.

(2)


Figure 13 Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as follows:

(1)

This medical test image of a chest is the most critical medical test image regarding visibility of print stripes or dots, due to its huge bright areas. In bright areas the eye is most sensitive. Check: Stripes in horizontal or vertical direction, which are slightly visible in a technical image (e.g. STI test image), may not be visible in the medical test image.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.5 Purpose

Usage

Testimage LinCheck Test image to check density reproduction. (2)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage – 1 Test Image LinCheck.ZIP'.

(3)


536632ga.cdr

Figure 14 Evaluation (4)

The test image contains a grey wedge. This grey wedge is measured during the density reproduction check. Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.

Density measurement area

536632gb.cdr

Figure 15

NOTE: For check of density reproduction only measure in the density measurement area, as there also the CDM is measuring. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

3.3.6 Purpose

Usage

Testimage medicalimage ‘Mammo’ Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of the technical images, are also visible in a medical Mammo test image. (1)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage - 4 medicalimage'.

(2)

Select the tray with Mammo DT2 films.

(3)

The test image as displayed in Figure 16 will be printed. Figure 16

Evaluation (1)

Check whether stripes or dots, that are visible in the STI1 or STI2 image, are also visible in the testimage 'medicalimage'.

IMPORTANT: To make this test film available at a printer with software 1.6.0_C1 proceed as follows: Connect via telnet to the printer

3.4 Purpose Usage

(1)

At the C:\> prompt enter: copy C:\images\service\*m.zip D:\images\service

(2)

Print the image from Service Command Session menu - "3 Print Testimage 4 medicalimage.zip"

Show Error Codes View ‘Reason - Meaning - Cure’ at the local display for an error that appeared at the printer. Possibility 1: View the last error code: (1)

In the key-operator menu select ‘7 Service Actions - 1 Error messages’

Possibility 2: View all error codes: (1)

In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - List of errors’






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5

Printer Browser Pages The Printer Browser Pages provide for following menus: Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer

Operator tools Key-operator tools Service engineer tools Specialist tools Security Tools HELP

Figure 17

Menu

Content (Short description)

Operator Tools

Printer queue management for the operator

Refer to ..... 3.5.1

Key-Operator Tools Same like Key-Operator menu on local display

3.5.2

Service Engineer Tools

Functions for configuration and troubleshooting of the Controller part of the printer

3.5.3

Specialist Tools

Software tools reserved for R&D to perform special actions during test phase of the printer.

Not further described

Security Tools

Software Tools to configure access control and secure communication as defined by HIPAA. This menu is reserved for the Hospital Security Manager


Help

Describes purpose and content of the Printer Browser Pages menus.


NOTE: A detailed structure of the Printer Browser Pages can be found in chapter 3.7, Software menus, settings. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

For more information to the printer browser pages refer to ..... • section 3.5.4 for Connection to the Printer Browser Pages • section 3.5.5 for two examples about the usage of the printer browser pages 3.5.1

Operator Tools


HOME Id Patient Name 875 XYZ 876 XYZ 877 XYZ 878 XYZ 879 XYZ Delete

Operator - Printer Status Host CT_A CT_A CT_A CT_A CT_A

Created On Sent Status Priority Normal 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing Normal 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing Normal 16-02-2005 0/46 Printing 16-02-2005 0/1 Calculating Normal Normal 16-02-2005 0/1 Waiting

Set Emergency

View Status

Figure 18

Main Purpose

Printer queue management for the operator

name /

operator / operator

Sub menus

None

Comment

--






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.2

Key-Operator Tools


HOME

KEY OPERATOR TOOLS Remote sessions Enter key-operator command session Release remote command session

Figure 19

Main Purpose

Provides same functions like Key-Operator menu on local display

name /

drystar / axys

Sub menus

1. Enter key-operator command session: Shows list of menus like Key-Operator menu on local keypad. 2. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on the key-operator command session, to release the connection, in case the key-operator command session hangs.

NOTE: As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible. The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled during this session'. Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.3

Service Engineer Tools


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session Reboot Drystar Reset Calibration Data Connectivity tools Scaling Setup DICOM profile editor LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Licenses Controller logging Module repair Modules

Figure 20

Main Purpose

Provides functions for configuration and troubleshooting of the Controller part of the printer

name /

mega / ******

Sub menus

1. List of errors: Shows list of all HC.... error codes. Same content like chapter 3.3, appendix, error codes.. 2. Infocounters Report: Shows printer infocounter. 3. DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report*: Shows infocounter of the Controller part of the printer. 4. Software versions*: Shows SW versions of printer and controller part of the printer. 5. Show printer status: Shows possible warnings or defects or messages which are currently displayed at the local display.






DD+DIS033.07E

6. Enter key-operator command session: Same function like Key-operator Menu on local keypad. 7. Enter service command session: Same function like Service Menu on local keypad. 8. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on the Key-operator / Service command session, to release the connection, in case the session hangs. 9. Reboot Drystar: Reboots the printer. 10. Reset Calibration data: This menu allows toggling between default calibration data and the latest calibration data of Film calibration for upper/lower tray, Print head profile and CDM calibration 11. Scaling Setup: Menu to define general image interpolation related settings 12. DICOM profile editor: Different menus to define printer behavior regarding DICOM communication. 13. LPD profile editor: Different menus to define printer behavior regarding Postscript communication 14. Network Configuration: Allows special network settings to adapt to other network devices. 15. Printqueue editor: Provides functions for extended queue management. 16. Controller logging: Provides functions to view, filter, adapt and save log files. 17. Licenses: Provides window to enter mammo license 18. Modules: Provides functions to check sensors and motors of single modules. Refer to Figure 20

As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible. The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled during this session'. Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.3.1

Modules Pages

Figure 21: Service Engineer - Modules Pages

Main Purpose

Allows checking of individual motors and light sensors of the printer. Note: This function is only for special cases. Normally the device detects each defective motor and sensor and issues a corresponding error code.

Sub menus

By clicking on the assembly, the corresponding assembly page is displayed. See Figure 22

Comments: 1.

By pressing activate/deactivate the motor can be started

2.

To check a sensor, activate the sensor manually and press "REFRESH". Now the changed state of the sensor has to be displayed, if the sensor is still okay

3.

It is possible to view the E-label content of the corresponding module. Refer to Figure 23.






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 22: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page For comments see previous page.

Figure 23: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page - E-Label content






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.4

Usage

Connection to the Printer Browser Pages (1)


(2)


(3)

Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window. In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1 ‘Adaptation of the PC IP address‘ next page.

Service PC

Printer

536632el.cdr

Figure 24 As an alternative, if it is not possible to put the Service PC into the hospital network: (1)

Crossed UTP network cable

Use a crossed network UTP cable to connect the network interface of the Service PC directly with the network interface of the printer. Note: Many service PCs as of approx. year 2006 do not require a crossed network cable: They autodetect the type of connection (via hub or pointto-point connection).

(2)


(3)

Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window. In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1 ‘Adaptation of the PC IP address‘ next page.

Printer

536632ek.cdr

Figure 25






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.4.1

Adaptation of the PC IP address To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP address of the Service PC has to be adapted. Basic rules: Case 1: The service PC is part of the hospital network. (1)

Get the IP address and possibly the subnet mask* for the Service PC from the hospital network . In case the hospital network wants to have the Service PC working only in a subnet, get from him the netmask (also called subnet mask).

(2)

Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 26 to Figure 29.

Case 2: The service PC is not part of the hospital network, but connected via crossed UTP network cable to the printer. (1)

Look up the printer IP address and subnet mask in the printer key operator menu ‘show settings - Network’.

(2)

Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting ‘1’ to the last digit of the IP address. Example: Printer IP address = 10.6.5.121 Service PC address = 10.6.5.122 or 10.6.5.120

(3)

Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 26 to Figure 29.

Figure 26

Figure 27






DD+DIS033.07E

*Default Subnet Masks (set for NO subnetting) Class

First 3 digits of IP

subnet mask

A

0......126

255.0.0.0

B

128......191

255.255.0.0

C

192.......223

255.255.255.0

Figure 28

Figure 29






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.4.2

Adaptation of the Browser Proxy Settings

In case the connection to the Internet is configured for a connection via Proxy server, this has to be disabled to be able to connect to the printer: In the Internet Explorer select "Tools - Internet Options" Select tab "Connections" In case a proxy server is configured, tick the checkbox "By Proxy server for local addresses".

Figure 30






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.5

Usage of the Printer Browser Pages (1)

Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window. In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1 ‘Adaptation of the PC IP address‘ previous page.

(2)

Select the desired menu

(3)

Enter name and when prompted (mega / ******)

Enclosed two examples which shall explain the usage of the Printer Browser Pages:

#

Example description

refer to ...

1

Adapt the taste LUT for a certain host by creating a host specific DICOM host profile

3.5.5.1

2

Adapt the annotations for all DICOM inputs

3.5.5.2


Operator tools Key-operator tools Service engineer tools Specialist tools Security Tools HELP

Figure 31: Homepage of the printer






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5.5.1

Example 1: Adaptation of the taste LUT (contrast) Whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the taste LUT shall be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’. (1)

In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer tools - Enter service command session'

(2)

Enter name and

(3)

Select ‘DICOM profile editor’


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session Connectivity tools Scaling Setup DICOM profile editor LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Controller logging Module repair Modules 536732et.cdr

Figure 32 (4)

Select ‘New’.

(5)

In the host profile window select ‘change’ at the ‘host profile type’, to see, whether the connected host is part of the hosts database. Refer to Figure 34.

Figure 33






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 34: Host profile editor (1)

Select the connected host if present, otherwise leave it on ‘generic’.

Figure 35






DD+DIS033.07E

(2)

Select the desired parameter, in this case ‘Perception LUT = Kanamori_like’ and set the ‘Kanamori_like value’ to 200.

(3)

Check the checkbox before ‘Perception LUT’.

(4)

Enter AE title and nickname (nickname = the name the stuff uses for this modality. The nickname will be displayed in the queue). Refer to Figure 36.

(5)

Select ‘Submit’

Now whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the taste LUT will be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’. NOTE: •

In case the checkbox is checked before a parameter in the DICOM profile editor, this parameter is used, no matter whether the modality sends the parameter or not (‘overwrite functionality’)

•

In case the checkbox is not checked, the value defined in the host profile is only used, in case it is not sent by the modality.

•

Image adaptations should be made preferably at the DICOM modality. According to DICOM specifications, controlling the printer completely is done at the modality.

•

The description below about creating a DICOM profile should only be required, in case the modality does not allow to adapt a certain parameter or does not provide it.






DD+DIS033.07E

HELP


These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host (modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input. You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side. Nick Name: Name XYZ Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE Use this profile only for local S server: all Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change Number of Copies: Print Priority: low Polarity: normal Film Orientation: portrait Trim: no Film Size ID: Medium Type: Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not ed: yes Print even if Application type not ed: no Kernel: site Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes, Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7 Decimate/Crop behaviour : disabled Pixel Size: Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0 Perception LUT: kanamori Kanamori Like value: Custom value: Illumination (cd/m2): Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): Border Density (OD x100): Empty Image Density (OD x100): Minimum Density (OD x100): Maximum Density (OD x100): site 300 Header Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Footer Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Window (%): Level (%): Image Orientation: r0 Conformance/Status Level: 0 Nevent enabled: off site Mammo modality: site Mammo CWR Rotation: NO Association Timeout (s): Image Timeout (s): Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: Resolution: 508 ed SOP classes: Edit LR like: off OK Cancel Show Defaults

Show last Input

Manually customized items are show in red The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button) 5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr

Figure 36






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: •

All DICOM host profile and LPD profile Printer Browser Pages have an online documentation included.

•

It can be viewed by pressing the HELP button.

Figure 37

3.5.5.2

Example 2: Define annotations for all inputs In this example the defaults for all hosts, independent of the AE title are adapted. Here it is only possible to adapt the annotations. (1)

In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer tools - Enter service command session'

(2)

Enter name and

(3)

Select ‘DICOM profile editor’

(4)

Select ‘Default site annotations: EDIT’. Refer to Figure 38.






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 38 (1)

Select ‘Annotation 1’ Refer to Figure 40. Refer to Figure 39 to see, where annotation 1 is located.

(2)

Enter the annotation text: Example:’ St Joseph's Hospital.....’

(3)

Possibly adapt the font and font size of the annotation.

(4)

In the ‘Annotation Box 1’ select ‘Submit’.

(5)

Check the checkbox before ‘Annotation 1’.

(6)

Select ‘Submit’.

Figure 39

Now independent of the AE title all films will have annotation 1 ‘St. Joseph's Hospital.....’






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 40: Site Defaults Window






DD+DIS033.07E

3.6

Printer Logging Item "Printer Logging" is divided in following sections:

3.6.1

#

Section

refer to ...

1

Required information for the center

3.6.1

2

Printer Bootup Message

3.6.2

Required information for the center In case of persistent problems like Connectivity / DICOM problems or film jams it may be required - as part of the escalation procedure - to send all logfiles, session files and infocounters to the center. Proceeding: Step # Step 1 Step 2

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Desription In the Service Engineer Tools go to "Controller Logging" Set tasks - PrintJobHandler - DCMPrintS_0 - DCMPrintS_1 (if available) to TRACE Produce the fault by sending an image from the modality or by printing a test image Reboot the printer Get the session files Get the infocounter file Save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" Send the • Session file • Infocounter file • DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report to your center

Comment ---

--See note 1 See note 1 See note 2 --

At sporadic problems (Connectivity / DICOM problems; film jams) skip Steps 1 to 4. Immediately start with step 5 Note 1: Path for session file / infocounter: Enter service command session – 7 service actions – 5 logging – 1 session reports (select all files) / 2 Infocounters report – To this computer






DD+DIS033.07E

Note 2: How to save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" In the "Service Engineer Tools" go to the "DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" page – right mouse key – save page as. 3.6.1.1

How to view the logfiles offline Step # Step 1 Step 2

Step 3

Step 4

Desription Install the PIDEX tool Extract the corresponding log file of the session file. In the PIDEX tool select "Tools – logview" and open the desired logfile

Comment Available on MEDNET, GSO Library

In the PIDEX tool go to function "Edit – find" to find the desired information.

It is also possible to select a single word in the logfile. Then all other occurances of this expression are also highlighted.

See note below

NOTE: A session file is named e.g. DSAXYS_1052_SES_21OCT2007_09-55-48.ZIP, where the different figures represent following information: DSAXYS: Printer (Drystar AXYS) 1052: Serial Number SES: Session File 21OCT2007: Current date 09-55-48: Current time HH-MM-SS Interesting for troubleshooting are following files within the SES files: • devil.log (controller and print engine); • time.log






DD+DIS033.07E

3.6.2 Purpose

Printer Bootup-Message The printer terminal level provides following service action: •

An online logging, which displays all actions of the printer software during bootup.

The printer terminal level is not intended to be used as official service tool. It is only used for troubleshooting, e.g. to view the boot-up messages.

Usage

(1)

Connect the Service PC to the printer as displayed in Figure 41.

(2)

Start the HyperTerminal as displayed in section 3.6.2.1.

(3)

Switch the printer on: Now the bootup message appears

(4)

536632ep.cdr

When the Printer appears the bootup message is finished. Figure 41

3.6.2.1

Setup of the HyperTerminal NOTE: The hyper terminal setup as displayed here can be used for all AGFA devices. Instead of the HyperTerminal following other programs can be recommended to connect to terminal level: •

xt. xt.exe is an AGFA program, which is part of the IMOS package. It can be started in a DOS box by typing ‘xt’

•

IMOS Start Menu. The IMOS Start Menu software has a terminal built in. Select ‘tools - terminal’. Depending on the configuration of IMOS Start, either a DOS box with xt will be opened or a Hyper terminal window will pop-up.

(1)

To start the setup of the HyperTerminal, go to ‘Programs - Accessories HyperTerminal - HyperTerminal’






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 42 (2)

Enter a name for the connection, e.g. AGFA

Figure 43 (3)

Select COM1 or COM2 for communication port (depending on what you are using on the Service PC)

Figure 44






DD+DIS033.07E

(4)

(5)

Make the setup of the HyperTerminal session as displayed here, i.e. -

9600 Bps

-

8 data bits

-

no parity

-

1 stop bit

-

flow control Xon/Xoff Select ‘OK’

Figure 45 (6)

Select ‘Properties’

Figure 46






DD+DIS033.07E

(7)

Select ‘settings’

Figure 47 (8)

Select ‘VT100’ for emulation type

(9)

Press ‘OK’

Figure 48 (10) Press <Enter> Now the bootup message or prompt is visible.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.7

ADVP NOTE: The latest version of ADVP can be ed from MEDNET GSO Library (Hardcopy - Wet Imagers - LR DICOM Controller - Freeware)

Purpose Usage

DICOM troubleshooting tool ADVP can be used for following purposes:

#

Purpose

Details see…

1

Send test images from the service PC to the printer via network

3.7.1.

2

Record DICOM print sessions for further troubleshooting.

3.7.2

3

Record DICOM print sessions for changing and resending them to the printer.

3.7.3.

NOTE: ADVP can run on the service PC or any Windows PC in the network. The only prerequisite: The PC must be part of the network.

536632eq.cdr

Figure 50






DD+DIS033.07E

3.7.1

ADVP as DICOM print SCU ADVP as DICOM print SCU can be used to check the DICOM interface of the printer. In this case ADVP sends a test image to the printer. (1)

Start ADVP

(2)

Select 'Basic Grayscale' in the 'Start up configuration' screen.

(3)

Select 'Test - Print Film'

(4)

Select 'SMPTE' (or any other test film).

(5)

In the 'Configuration' window fill in Called (Printer) AE Title and 'Printer IP address'.

(6)

Select 'OK'. Now the desired test film is sent to the printer.

Figure 51: ADVP as Print SCU 3.7.2

ADVP as DICOM print S (Print Emulator) ADVP as DICOM print S can be used to check the DICOM communication sent from the modality. ADVP in this case emulates the printer. The communication can be evaluated on site or by a product specialist in the GSC or RSC.






DD+DIS033.07E

(1)

Disconnect the printer from the network.

(2)

Give the IP address of the service PC the same IP address like the printer*

(3)

Start ADVP

(4)


(5)

Select 'Application - Print Emulator - Start'

(6)

In the following window fill in - Called (Printer) AE Title (this is the AE title of the printer), - 'Called (Host) AE Title' - ADVP Listen port (usually 104: this is the port the modality sends DICOM messages).

(7)

Select okay. Now ADVP is prepared for recording the communication between modality and the printer. Figure 52: ADVP as Print Emulator

NOTE: *In case ADVP runs on the printer, just select 'Stop Controller' to stop the application software (and so switch off the DICOM S functionality of the printer). When communication recording is finished, close ADVP and select 'Start Controller'.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.7.3

ADVP as Communication Recorder ADVP as Communication recorder is recording the communication between the modality and the printer, and allows to modify every single DICOM attribute as well as resending the recorded image with the changed attribute(s). In general, following configurations are possible: a) Service PC is part of the network: The modality sends to the service PC, the service PC transmits the DICOM image and control data on the fly to the printer. Modifying the DICOM data can be done without changing the configuration. b) Service PC is only temporary integrated in the network to emulate the printer: The modality sends to the service PC, ADVP on the service PC transmits the DICOM image and control data to a DICOM Print S on the service PC (e.g. ADVP as Print Emulator). Re-sending the DICOM data to the printer then requires re-configuration of ADVP. In this chapter we describe the possibility a) Service PC is part of the network.






DD+DIS033.07E

Part 1: Recording the DICOM data (1)

Change the IP address of the printer to any free IP address in the network (e.g. 192.9.200.202)

(2)

Give the service PC the former IP address of the printer (e.g. 192.9.200.201)

(3)

Start ADVP

(4)


(5)

Select 'Application - Comms Recorder - Start'

(6)

In the following window fill in - Called (Printer) AE Title (this is the AE title of the printer), - 'Called (Host) AE Title', - ADVP Listen port (usually 104: this is the port the modality sends DICOM messages), - Printer IP address (this is the IP address of the printer) - printer listen port (usually 104).

(7)

Figure 53: ADVP as Comms Recorder

Select okay. Now ADVP is prepared for recording the communication between modality and the printer.






DD+DIS033.07E

Part 2: Resending the DICOM data (1)

Select 'Application - Comms Recorder - Stop'

(2)

Select 'Application - Comms Recorder - Modify'

(3)

In the Printer Snapshot edit the desired parameters

(4)

Select 'Application - Comms Recorder - Replay': Now the image is re-sent to the printer and printed at the printer with the adapted data.

Figure 54: Resending the DICOM data






DD+DIS033.07E

4

Software Installation You want to ...

Example

Upgrade the SW to a higher basic release

SW Upgrade from SW Rel. 1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1

Update the SW with a patch

SW Update from 1.8.0_C1 to 1.8.1_C1

4.1

Install SW on a new, empty hard drive or.

Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on an empty hard drive

4.2

Re-install the software on a Re-Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on a printer in ERROR - SYSTEM printer that does not bootup FAILURE state. anymore.

Refer to ..... Installation Instructions which are part of the software

4.3

NOTE:

4.1

•

A software upgrade is a functional extension. It is usually sold through the Sales and Services Channels

•

A software update is a corrective modification of the basic software version. It does not include new functionality. SW Updates (Patches) are available on MedNet.

SW Update: Loading a SW Patch This chapter describes the SW Update with a patch. NOTE: For instructions regarding SW a higher basic release (e.g. SW Upgrade from SW Rel. 1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1) refer to Chapter 7, Modifications A SW Update can be performed in two ways: SW Update via ...

Refer to .....

Key-operator menu at the local keypad using the CF card

4.1.1

Service menu in the Printer browser pages using the network connection

4.1.2






DD+DIS033.07E

4.1.1 Purpose

Software Update via CF card Software Update: Installation of a software patch

SW Update (1)

(2)

Follow the further instructions on the local keypad.

(3)

After the software update print a SMPTE test image (Key Operator menu: 3 Print Image - 1 Testimage - 2 SMPTE.zip') and a test image from every modality to confirm the successful update.

(4)

4.1.2 Purpose

In the key-operator menu select '9 Installation - 1 Software Installation - 1 From CF card'

초 2

5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr

Figure 55

Re-new the backup on CF card.

Software Update via a remote computer Software Update: Installation of a software patch

SW Update (1)

Establish a web browser connection to the printer. Refer to chapter 3.5.4.

Service engineer tools name mega name

(2)

****** Enter Key-operator command session

(3)

Printer Browser Pages

(4)

In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Key-operator Command Session 9 Installation - 1 New Software Installation - 1 This computer'

9. Installation 1. New Software Installation Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer

Key-Operator - Installation

Choose Dataset Proceed

Go Back

Browse ..... Reset Values

(5)

Select 'Browse'

(6)

Select the ZIP file to be ed (e.g. DSAXYS_SWR_180C1.zip).

(7)

Follow the further instructions in the Printer Browser Pages

(8)

After the software update print a SMPTE test image (Key Operator menu: ‘3 Print Image - 1 Testimage - 2 SMPTE.tif') and a test image from every modality to confirm the successful upgrade.

536632eo.cdr

Figure 56






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: During file it is not checked, whether the software you are ing is really software for Drystar AXYS. Be sure to the correct ZIP file. The ZIP file is only available via MEDNET - GSO library: http://docs.agfanet/mednetcso-library. Follow path "Hardcopy – Dry Imagers – Drystar AXYS – Freeware" CAUTION: Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade. In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board may become unusable. Do not reboot the printer before requested by the Printer Browser Pages.

4.2 Purpose

Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive This chapter describes the SW Installation on an empty hard drive, e.g. after exchange of the hard drive.

SW (1) Installation on empty HD

Insert the CF card with the printer "Emergency_Install" software in the CF card reader

(2)

Reboot the printer

(3)

At question "Do you want to preserve config?" select "NO". Refer to Figure 58.

(4)

초 2

Follow the further instructions on the display.

(5)

Select menu "5 Restore Configuration" to reload the previous configuration when finished.

(6)

Perform a film calibration from both trays.

5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr

Figure 57






DD+DIS033.07E

IMPORTANT: After software installation on a new, empty harddisk, the printer is only in the same state than before, if an upto-date backup is available. In case the CF card is lost or not readable the complete printer setup has to be redone. After Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty hard disk without "Configuration Restore" the printer is in the same state like it has been shipped from factory (default IP address 169.254.10.10)

Emergency SW FOUND ON EXTERNAL CF-card Install emergency SW? YES (V) NO (X)

Emergency SW Install Do you want to preserve config? YES (V) NO (X) 536632gc.cdr

Figure 58

NOTE: The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET, GSO Library.

Caution: •

Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade.

•

In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board may become unusable.

•

Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad message






DD+DIS033.07E

4.3 Purpose

Emergency SW Installation on a printer in "Error - System Failure" state This chapter describes the SW Installation on a printer in ERROR - SYSTEM FAILURE state. IMPORTANT: The software installation procedure described here formats the hard disk. In case you select "NO" at question "Do you want to preserve config" the configuration data are erased. In this case the printer is only in the same state than before, if an up-todate backup is available. In case the CF card is lost or not readable the complete printer setup has to be redone.

Emergency SW FOUND ON EXTERNAL CF-card Install emergency SW? YES (V) NO (X)

Emergency SW Install Do you want to preserve config? YES (V) NO (X) 536632gc.cdr

Figure 59

SW Installation on empty HD

(1)

Insert the CF card with the printer "Emergency_Install" software in the CF card reader

(2)

Reboot the printer

(3)

At question "Do you want to preserve config?" select "NO" in case you want to erase the complete configuration "YES" in case want to keep the current configuration. Refer to Figure 59 and to info below.

(4)

Follow the further instructions on the local keypad.

(5)

Select menu "5 Restore Configuration" to reload the previous configuration when finished.

초 2

5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr

Figure 60






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET, GSO library: http://docs.agfanet/mednetcso-library. Follow path "Hardcopy – Dry Imagers – Drystar AXYS – Freeware"

CAUTION: Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade. In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board may become unusable. Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad message

NOTE: When you choose during Emergency SW Installation to preserve the configuration following steps are executed internally: 1. A backup of the printer configuration data is created and copied to RAM 2. The software is copied from CF card to hard disk and inflated 3. The boards are programmed 4. The backup is restored from RAM When you choose during Emergency SW Installation not to preserve the configuration the configuration data are erased. The printer in this case is in the same state like it has been shipped from factory (default IP address 169.254.10.10)





Chapter 3.3

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Troubleshooting



►

Purpose of this Document This document describes the systematic troubleshooting of the printer

►

►


Release Date


1.1

03-2011

Replaced previous list of error codes by error codes of software 2.1.0_C2.


Title

DD+DIS261.10E

DRYSTAR AXYS SIB11: Software 2.1.0_C2 available


Edition 1, Revision 1 03-2011 printed in Agfa Company Confidential

Document Node ID: 14349766 eq_03-3_troubleshooting_e_template_v06


Repair and Service Troubleshooting

DD+DIS033.07E

►

Manufacturer Agfa HealthCare N.V. Publisher Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München Copyright  2011 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.



(2)






Chapter 3.3 / 2 of 72 Agfa Company Confidential


DD+DIS033.07E

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ...................................................................4

2

ERROR CATALOGUE..............................................................................................................5






DD+DIS033.07E

1

General Troubleshooting Procedure The troubleshooting procedure depends on the symptom of the fault. Refer to Figure 1: MODXX Please replace module

New Error: Exxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

New Warning: Wxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

New Maintenance: Mx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Error System Failure

Please wait Selftest Proceeding

Film Jam! XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Modality Name Time Film X of Y Z%

The online diagnosis has checked all possible reasons for the fault. The only possible cure: To replace a certain module

Refer to table next page.

The online diagnosis has detected, that more than one possible reason for the fault exists.

Refer to IMPORTANT note next page. See also Troubleshooting Guide.*

The online diagnosis has detected a fault, which still allows printing, however The print quality is reduced or The print quality can be reduced in the near future or A defective part requires replacement in the near future

Refer to IMPORTANT note next page. See also Troubleshooting Guide.*

The configured number of cycles for a certain maintenance action has been reached.

See also Troubleshooting Guide. *

The online diagnosis was not able to start up.

Refer to Troubleshooting Guide. *

For more than 5 minutes the printer shows message "Please wait selftest proceeding".

refer to Troubleshooting Guide.*

A sporadic or persistent film jam occured.

Refer to Troubleshooting Guide.*

The image sent from the modality is not printed. It does not appear in the printer queue.


The image(s) show stripes, dots, density or contrast faults.


536733aa.cdr

*

See MEDNET, GSO Library: Hardcopy - Dry Imagers Drystar Axys - Troubleshooting Guide

Figure 1






DD+DIS033.07E

2

Error Catalogue   

The error catalogue is part of the device software (file "error.xml"). The print-out supplied here is based on software release 2.1.0_C2 It is also available via browser pages, menu 'Service Engineer tools - List of Errors'

IMPORTANT: Error codes EXXXXX and WXXXXX (displayed on the local display), are ed in the infocounter as error codes HCXXXXX. The next pages list the HC codes totether with reason and cure. Error codes "MOD XX - Please replace module" are also mapped to an HC code. This HC code can be looked up in key-operator menu "7 Service Actions - Error Codes". Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below) error messages will be issued as error code or plain text: Type Defect Defect Failure Accidental

Action Replace See manual None None

Error message will be issued as …… Message "MODXX Please replace module" Message "EXXXXXX – texttext" Message "WXXXXXX - texttext" Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)

List of Modules: MOD Nr.. MOD01 MOD02 MOD03 / MOD04 MOD05 MOD06 MOD07 MOD08 MOD09 MOD10 MOD11 MOD12 MOD13 MOD14 MOD15 MOD16 MOD17 MOD18 MOD20

Spare Part UPPER TRAY W/O TAG READER LOWER TRAY W/O TAG READER UPPER / LOWER PICK UP MODULE THERMAL HEAD OUTPUT MODULE DRUM DRIVE MODULE DEVIL MODULE or DEVIUS MODULE POWER SUPPLY KEYPAD/DISPLAY MODULE INPUT SENSORS MODULE THANOS W/O SDRAM or TYNDALL W/O SDRAM CAM DRIVE MODULE GEAR BOX & BELT SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE TPH COOLING FAN PUMP & VALVES ASSY RAM MODULE VILIS COOLING FAN





Repair and Service Troubleshooting - Error Codes

DD+DIS033.07E

LIST OF ERRORS MODULE : uppertraymodule Elabel : No

HC301000 : uppertraymodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E301000

Action

SeeManual

Reason

XS7 or XS8 not connected

Cure1

Connect XS7 or XS8

HC301001 : uppertray.overruled Type

Failure

Context

W301001

Action

None

Reason

Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC301002 : uppertray.disabled Type

Failure

Context

W301002

Action

None

Reason

Inputtray disabled

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC301003 : uppertraymodule.tagreader Type

Failure

Context

W301003

Action

None

Reason1

Tag reader not connected

Cure1

Connect tag reader

Reason2

Tag reader defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

Tag reader DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

HC301004 : uppertraymodule.s11 Type

Failure

Context

W301004

Action

None

Reason1

S11 not connected

Cure1

Connect S11

Reason2

Upper tray module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD01


Failure

Context

W301005

Action

None

Reason1

S24 not connected

Cure1

Connect S24

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD01

HC301006 : uppertraymodule.takeoversensors.working Type

Defect

Context

E301006

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

S11 and S24 not connected

Cure1

Connect S11 and S24

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD01






DD+DIS033.07E


Failure

Context

W301007

Action

None

Reason1

S1 not connected

Cure1

Connect S1

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD01

HC301016 : upper.filmcal.required Type

Failure

Context

W301016

Action

None

Reason

Upper tray needs calibration

Cure

Perform upper tray calibration

HC301018 : upperTag-uned Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Wrong version in upper tray

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC301019 : tag.history.insecure Type

Defect

Context

E301019

Action

SeeManual

Reason

Tag history is corrupt

Cure

make Emergency sw install without preserving config






DD+DIS033.07E

HC301020 : uppertraymodule.s11.flagproblem Type

Failure

Context

W301020

Action

None

Reason

S11 defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD01

HC301021 : uppertraymodule.s24.flagproblem Type

Failure

Context

W301021

Action

None

Reason

S24 defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD01

HC301022 : uppertraymodule.sensors Type

Failure

Context

W301022

Action

None

Reason1

one of the takeoverdetection sensors is not functioning

Cure1

Remove jam

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD01

HC301023 : backside.jam.upper Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

backside jam while printing from upper tray

Cure

Insert filmpack correctly






DD+DIS033.07E

MODULE : lowertraymodule Elabel : No

HC302000 : lowertraymodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E302000

Action

SeeManual

Reason

XS9 not connected to lower tray module

Cure1

Connect XS9 to lower tray module

HC302001 : lowertray.overruled Type

Failure

Context

W302001

Action

None

Reason

Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC302002 : lowertray.disabled Type

Failure

Context

W302002

Action

None

Reason

Inputtray disabled

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC302003 : lowertraymodule.tagreader Type

Failure

Context

W302003

Action

None

Reason1

Tag reader not connected

Cure1

Connect tag reader

Reason2

Tag reader defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

Tag reader






DD+DIS033.07E

HC302007 : lowertraymodule.s2 Type

Failure

Context

W302007

Action

None

Reason1

S2 not connected

Cure1

Connect S2

Reason2

Lower tray module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD02

HC302016 : lower.filmcal.required Type

Failure

Context

W302016

Action

None

Reason

Lower tray needs calibration

Cure

Perform lower tray calibration

HC302018 : lowerTag-uned Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Wrong version in lower tray

Cure

Replace filmpack

HC302023 : backside.jam.lower Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

backside jam while printing from lower tray

Cure

Insert filmpack correctly






DD+DIS033.07E

HC302024 : used.film.upper Type

Failure

Context

W302024

Action

None

Reason

counter of new filmpack in upper tray was already low. It was used in another printer

Cure

Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out

HC302025 : used.film.lower Type

Failure

Context

W302025

Action

None

Reason

counter of new filmpack in lower tray was already low. It was used in another printer

Cure

Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out

MODULE : upperpickupmodule Elabel : Yes

HC303000 : upperpickupmodule.film.pickupposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure

Remove upper input jam

HC303001 : upperpickupmodule.film.bendposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure







DD+DIS033.07E

HC303002 : upperpickupmodule.film.homeposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper pickup homing failed accidently

Cure

Self resolving accident

HC303003 : upperpickupmodule.film.vacuum Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason1

Upper input jam

Cure1


Reason2

vacuum system failing

Cure2

clean vacuum tubes , filter , vacuum cups ......

Reason3

Lower pickup module defect

Cure3

Replace

Part

vacuum pump

HC303004 : upperpickupmodule.filmpickup Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure


HC303005 : upperpickupmodule.s18.low Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure







DD+DIS033.07E

HC303006 : upperpickupmodule.s18.high Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam

HC303007 : upperpickupmodule.pickup.skew Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure


HC303008 : upperpickupmodule.tphalign Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure


HC303009 : upperpickupmodule.film.align Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure







DD+DIS033.07E

HC303010 : upperpickupmodule.homeposition Type

Failure

Context

W303010

Action

None

Reason

Upper pickup homing failed accidently

Cure


HC303011 : upperpickupmodule.thpositioning Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Upper input jam

Cure


HC303012 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W303012

Action

None

Reason1

Upper pickup elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect upper pickup elabel

Reason2

Upper pickup Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03

HC303013 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W303013

Action

None

Reason

Upper pickup elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD03






DD+DIS033.07E

HC303014 : upperpickupmodule.connected Type

Failure

Context

W303014

Action

None

Reason1

XS1 disconnected

Cure

Connect XS1

Reason

Upper pickup module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD03

HC303015 : upperpickupmodule.working Type

Failure

Context

W303015

Action

None

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD03

Reason2

Film wrinkled in upper tray

Cure2

Remove wrinkled film

HC303016 : upperpickupmodule.ed.high Type

Failure

Context

W303016

Action

None

Reason1

Upper pickup past sensor jammed

Cure1

Free upper pickup past sensor

Reason2

Upper pickup past sensor defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03






DD+DIS033.07E

HC303021 : upperpickupmodule.m7.connection Type

Failure

Context

W303021

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Upper pickup motor not connected

Cure1

reconnect upper pickup motor

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03

HC303022 : upperpickupmodule.m7.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E303022

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD03

HC303023 : upperpickupmodule.s14 Type

Failure

Context

W303023

Action

None

Reason1

Upper pickup home sensor S14 malfunctioning

Cure1

check upper pickup home sensor S14

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03






DD+DIS033.07E


Failure

Context

W303024

Action

None

Reason1

Upper pickup pickup sensor S15 malfunctioning

Cure1

check upper pickup pickup sensor S15

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03


Failure

Context

W303025

Action

None

Reason1

Upper pickup ed sensor S18 malfunctioning

Cure1

check upper pickup ed sensor S18

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD03

MODULE : lowerpickupmodule Elabel : Yes

HC304000 : lowerpickupmodule.film.pickupposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure

Remove lower input jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC304001 : lowerpickupmodule.film.bendposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304002 : lowerpickupmodule.film.homeposition Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304003 : lowerpickupmodule.film.vacuum Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason1

Lower input jam

Cure1


Reason2

vacuum system failing

Cure2

clean vacuum tubes , filter , vacuum cups ......

Reason3


Cure3

Replace

Part

vacuum pump

HC304004 : lowerpickupmodule.filmpickup Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure







DD+DIS033.07E

HC304005 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.low Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304006 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.high Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam

HC304007 : lowerpickupmodule.pickup.skew Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304008 : lowerpickupmodule.tphalign Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure







DD+DIS033.07E

HC304009 : lowerpickupmodule.film.align Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304010 : lowerpickupmodule.homeposition Type

Failure

Context

W304010

Action

None

Reason

Lower pickup homing failed accidently

Cure


HC304011 : lowerpickupmodule.thpositioning Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Lower input jam

Cure


HC304012 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W304012

Action

None

Reason1

Lower pickup elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect lower pickup elabel

Reason2

Lower pickup Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04






DD+DIS033.07E

HC304013 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W304013

Action

None

Reason

Lower pickup elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD04

HC304014 : lowerpickupmodule.connected Type

Failure

Context

W304014

Action

None

Reason1

XS4 disconnected

Cure

Connect XS4

Reason

lower pickup module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD04

HC304015 : lowerpickupmodule.working Type

Failure

Context

W304015

Action

None

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD04

Reason2

Film wrinkled in upper tray

Cure2

Remove wrinkled film






DD+DIS033.07E

HC304016 : lowerpickupmodule.ed.high Type

Failure

Context

W304016

Action

None

Reason1

Lower pickup past sensor jammed

Cure1

Free lower pickup past sensor

Reason2

Lower pickup past sensor defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04

HC304021 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.connection Type

Failure

Context

W304021

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Lower pickup motor not connected

Cure1

connect lower pickup motor

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04

HC304022 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E304022

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD04






DD+DIS033.07E

HC304023 : lowerpickupmodule.s16 Type

Failure

Context

W304023

Action

None

Reason1

Lower pickup home sensor S16 malfunctioning

Cure1

check lower pickup home sensor S16

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04


Failure

Context

W304024

Action

None

Reason1

Lower pickup pickup sensor S17 malfunctioning

Cure1

check lower pickup pickup sensor S17

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04


Failure

Context

W304025

Action

None

Reason1

Lower pickup ed sensor S19 malfunctioning

Cure1

check lower pickup ed sensor S19

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD04






DD+DIS033.07E

MODULE : thmodule Elabel : Yes

HC305000 : thmodule.high Type

Defect

Context

E305000

Action

SeeManual

Reason

Coolingfan defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD16

HC305001 : thmodule.thpos.fail Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Resolve jam

HC305002 : thmodule.thermalheadheater Type

Failure

Context

W305002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector P3 on PSU not connected

Cure1

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason2

Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not connected

Cure2

Connect connectors P2 and P3

Reason3

Connectors P6 on OSB not connected

Cure3

Connect connector P6

Reason4

Connector XS6 on heater not connected

Cure4

Connect connector XS6

Reason5

Sensor S12 defect

Cure5

Replace MOD04

Reason6

PSU defect

Cure6

Replace






DD+DIS033.07E

Part

MOD09

Reason7

TH defect

Cure7

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305003 : thmodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W305003

Action

None

Reason1

TH Elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect TH elabel

Reason2

Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305004 : thmodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W305004

Action

None

Reason

Elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD05






DD+DIS033.07E

HC305005 : thmodule.device.current Type

Defect

Context

E305005

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason2


Cure2


Reason3

Connectors P3 on TH not connected

Cure3

Connect connector P3 on TH

Reason4

Connector P2 on TH not connected

Cure4


Reason5


Cure5


Reason6

Connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) not connected

Cure6

Connect connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)

Reason7

PSU defect

Cure7

Replace

Part

MOD09

Reason8

OSB defect

Cure8

Replace

Part

OSB

Reason9

TH defect

Cure9

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305006 : thmodule.powerlogic Type

Defect

Context

E305006

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason2


Cure2


Reason3







DD+DIS033.07E

Cure3


Reason4


Cure4


Reason5

PSU defect

Cure5

Replace

Part

MOD09

Reason6

OSB defect

Cure6

Replace

Part

OSB

Reason7

TH defect

Cure7

Replace

Part

MOD05






DD+DIS033.07E

HC305007 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator Type

Defect

Context

E305007

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason2


Cure2


Reason3


Cure3


Reason4


Cure4


Reason5


Cure5


Reason6


Cure6


Reason7

PSU defect

Cure7

Replace

Part

MOD09

Reason8

OSB defect

Cure8

Replace

Part

OSB

Reason9

TH defect

Cure9

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305008 : thmodule.osb.connected Type

Defect

Context

E305008

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

P1 on OSB not connected

Cure1

Connect P1 on OSB

Reason2

P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) not connected

Cure2

Connect P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)

Reason3

OSB defect






DD+DIS033.07E

Cure3

Replace

Part

OSB

HC305009 : thmodule.thermalheadheating Type

Failure

Context

W305009

Action

SeeManual

Reason

TH module heater defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305010 : thmodule.voltage.low Type

Failure

Context

W305010

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Serial connection to powersupply fails

Cure1

power down the printer, and power up again

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

Reason3

TH module defect

Cure3

Replace

Part

MOD05

IMPORTANT: This fault may have following additional reason and cure: Reason: Film Calibration files corrupted. Cure: Reset the calibration data for the film calibration of the upper and lower tray, followed by a film calibration for both trays.






DD+DIS033.07E

HC305011 : thmodule.thinstall Type

Defect

Context

05

Action

Replace

Reason

TH data is not loaded properly

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305012 : thmodule.resolution Type

Defect

Context

E305012

Action

SeeManual

Reason

TH has the wrong resolution for this printer OR this software is installed on the wrong printer

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC305021 : thmodule.device.thermistors Type

Defect

Context

05

Action

Replace

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason2


Cure2


Reason3


Cure3


Reason4


Cure4


Reason5

TH defect

Cure5

Replace

Part

MOD05






DD+DIS033.07E

MODULE : outputmodule Elabel : Yes

HC306000 : outputmodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E306000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

XS2 not connected

Cure1

Connect XS2

Reason2

XS3 not connected

Cure2

Connect XS3

HC306001 : outputmodule.cdm.init Type

Failure

Context

W306001

Action

None

Reason

Output module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove film jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Output film jam

Cure

Remove film jam

HC306004 : outputmodule.printingFail Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason1

Internal film jam

Cure1

Remove film jam

Reason2

S18 or S19 is sticking

Cure2

replace this upper or lower tray

HC306005 : outputmodule.film.scan Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove jam

HC306006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove film jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove film jam

HC306008 : outputmodule.outputhome.fail Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove film jam

HC306009 : outputmodule.cdmhome.fail Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal film jam

Cure

Remove film jam

HC306010 : outputmodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W306010

Action

None

Reason1

Output elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect output elabel

Reason2

Output elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD06






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306011 : outputmodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W306011

Action

None

Reason

Output elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306012 : outputmodule.cdm.home Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

CDM homing accidently failed

Cure


HC306013 : outputmodule.home Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason1

Output homing accidently failed

Cure1


Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306014 : outputmodule.cdminstall Type

Failure

Context

W306014

Action

None

Reason

CDM needs calibration

Cure

Calibrate CDM






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306015 : outputmodule.intensity.unstable Type

Failure

Context

W306015

Action

None

Reason

CDM intensity is unstable

Cure

Replace CDM module MOD06

HC306020 : outputmodule.working Type

Defect

Context

06

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306021 : outputmodule.m4.connection Type

Defect

Context

E306021

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Output motor not connected

Cure1

connect output motor

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306022 : outputmodule.m4.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E306022

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306023 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.connection Type

Defect

Context

E306023

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

CDM motor not connected

Cure1

connect CDM motor

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306024 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E306024

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306025 : outputmodule.s5 Type

Defect

Context

06

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306026 : outputmodule.s6 Type

Defect

Context

06

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06






DD+DIS033.07E

HC306027 : outputmodule.cdm.s10 Type

Defect

Context

06

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

HC306028 : outputmodule.cdm.working Type

Defect

Context

06

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD06

MODULE : drumdrivemodule Elabel : No

HC307001 : drumdrivemodule.m1.connection Type

Defect

Context

E307001

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

M1 not connected

Cure1

Connect M1

Reason2

Drum drive module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD07

IMPORTANT: This fault may have following additional reason and cure: Reason: Ambient temperature too low when switching on the printer. Cure: Ensure that ambient temperature is within specifications (+15 ° C to +30 ° C)






DD+DIS033.07E

HC307002 : drumdrivemodule.s9 Type

Defect

Context

E307002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

S9 not connected

Cure1

Connect S9

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD07

HC307004 : drumdrivemodule.move Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Drum drive move failed accidently

Cure

Selfresolving accident

HC307020 : drumdrivemodule.working Type

Defect

Context

07

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD07






DD+DIS033.07E

HC307021 : drumdrivemodule.m1.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E307021

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD07

MODULE : devilmodule Elabel : Yes

HC308000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected Type

Defect

Context

E308000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector P9 not connected

Cure1

Connect P9

Reason2

MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308001 : devilmodule.psu.connected Type

Defect

Context

E308001

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P15

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308002 : devilmodule.keypad.connected Type

Defect

Context

E308002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P8

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308003 : devilmodule.th.connected Type

Defect

Context

E308003

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P43

Reason2


Cure2

Connect P1 on TH

Reason3


Cure3

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason4

TH defect

Cure4

Replace

Part

MOD05

IMPORTANT: This fault may have following additional reason and cure: Reason: Ambient temperature too low when switching on the printer. Cure: Ensure that ambient temperature is within specifications (+15 ° C to +30 ° C)






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308004 : devilmodule.p21.connected Type

Defect

Context

E308004

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P21

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

E308005

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P20

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

E308006

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P41

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E


Defect

Context

E308007

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P40

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

E308008

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector P1 not connected on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)

Cure1


Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308009 : devilmodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W308009

Action

None

Reason1

MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) elabel

Reason2

MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308010 : devilmodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W308010

Action

None

Reason

MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308011 : devilmodule.power.3v3 Type

Defect

Context

E308011

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC308012 : devilmodule.power.12v Type

Defect

Context

E308012

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308013 : devilmodule.power.n12v Type

Defect

Context

E308013

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC308014 : devilmodule.power.24v Type

Defect

Context

E308014

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC308015 : devilmodule.power.actuator Type

Defect

Context

E308015

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308016 : devilmodule.headvoltage Type

Defect

Context

E308016

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector P1 not connected on TH

Cure1

Connect P1 on TH

Reason2


Cure2


Reason3


Cure3

Connect P3 on PSU

Reason4

PSU module defect

Cure4

Replace

Part

MOD09

Reason5


Cure5

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason6

TH module defect

Cure6

Replace

Part

MOD05

HC308017 : duplicate.ipaddress Type

Failure

Context

W308017

Action

None

Reason

IP adress already in use

Cure

Change IP adress

HC308018 : disk.space Type

Failure

Context

W308018

Action

None

Reason

Harddisk full

Cure

Call service






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308019 : devilmodule.sn.mismatch Type

Defect

Context

E308019

Action

SeeManual

Reason

SN mismatch

Cure

Call service

HC308020 : devilmodule.power.sensor Type

Defect

Context

E308020

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD08

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09


Defect

Context

E308021

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect P42

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E

HC312000 : tyndall.temperature Type

Defect

Context

E312000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Ambient temperature too high what could be caused by continuous printing in an already warm environment or the environment temperature is just too high

Cure1

If caused by continuous printing , this can be cured by waiting until temperature comes down ; otherwise it has to be made sure that the environment temperature comes down

Reason2

Cooling of MOD12 U board (Thanos or Tyndall) not efficient because of blocked airflow

Cure2

Make sure that enough airflow is available for the MOD12 U board (Thanos or Tyndall) by insuring that air inlets and outlets are completely free

Reason3

Defect U on MOD12

Cure3

Replace

Part

MOD12

HC308024 : devilmodule.serialadc Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308025 : devilmodule.bitgenerator Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308026 : devilmodule.m16 Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308027 : devilmodule.fpga Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308028 : devilmodule.m2.driver Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308032 : devilmodule.f1.driver Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308033 : devilmodule.f2.driver Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E

HC308034 : diagnose.completion Type

Failure

Context

W308034

Action

None

Reason

Diagnose not complete

Cure

Reboot printer with closed trays and covers


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08






DD+DIS033.07E


Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308039 : devilmodule.v1.driver Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC308040 : devilmodule.v2.driver Type

Defect

Context

08

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD08

HC312020 : devilmodule.tyndall.uboard Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason

MOD12 u board (Thanos or Tyndall) defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD12






DD+DIS033.07E

HC312021 : devilmodule.tyndall.serial Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD12

HC312022 : devilmodule.tyndall.ethernet Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD12

HC312023 : devilmodule.tyndall.portex Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason

Software problem

Cure

Reinstall software

HC312024 : devilmodule.tyndall.pci Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD12






DD+DIS033.07E

HC318020 : devilmodule.tyndall.ram Type

Defect

Context

18

Action

Replace

Reason1

RAM defect

Cure1

Replace

Part

MOD18

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD12

HC312025 : devilmodule.tyndall.clock Type

Defect

Context

12

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD12

MODULE : powersupplymodule Elabel : Yes

HC309000 : powersupplymodule.temperature Type

Defect

Context

E309000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

PSU too hot

Cure1

Switch off printer and let it cool down

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC309001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W309001

Action

None

Reason1

PSU Elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect PSU elabel

Reason2

PSU module Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309002 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W309002

Action

None

Reason

PSU module Elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309003 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current Type

Defect

Context

E309003

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

TH power cables short circuited

Cure1

Check TH power cables

Reason2

TH module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD05

Reason3

PSU module defect

Cure3

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC309004 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current Type

Defect

Context

E309004

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Actuators power cables short circuited

Cure1

Check actuators power cables

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning Type

Failure

Context

W309005

Action

None

Reason

PSU temperature high

Cure

Cool down the PSU

HC309020 : powersupplymodule.powerth Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason

PSU module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC309022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason1

Actuators power cables short circuited

Cure1

Check actuators power cables

Reason2

PSU module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason

PSU module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3 Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason

PSU module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09






DD+DIS033.07E

HC309026 : powersupplymodule.power12v Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason

PSU module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09

HC309027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v Type

Defect

Context

09

Action

Replace

Reason

PSU module defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD09

MODULE : displaykeypodule Elabel : Yes

HC310000 : displaykeypodule.elabel.present Type

Failure

Context

W310000

Action

None

Reason1

Display Elabel not connected

Cure1

Connect Display elabel

Reason2

Display Elabel defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD10






DD+DIS033.07E

HC310001 : displaykeypodule.elabel.config Type

Failure

Context

W310001

Action

None

Reason

Display Elabel defect

Cure

Replace

Part

MOD10

MODULE : inputsensormodule Elabel : No

HC311000 : inputsensormodule.s4.flagproblem Type

Failure

Context

W311000

Action

None

Reason

Internal jam, input sensor S4 isn't responding

Cure

Remove jam

HC311001 : inputsensormodule.s13.flagproblem Type

Failure

Context

W311001

Action

None

Reason

Internal jam, input sensor S13 isn't responding

Cure

Remove jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC311002 : inputsensormodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E311002

Action

SeeManual

Reason

XS5 not connected

Cure

Connect XS5

HC311003 : inputsensormodule.s4 Type

Failure

Context

W311003

Action

None

Reason1

S4 not connected

Cure1

Connect S4

Reason2

S4 bracket module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD11

HC311004 : inputsensormodule.s13 Type

Failure

Context

W311004

Action

None

Reason1

S13 not connected

Cure1

Connect S13

Reason2

S4 bracket module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD11






DD+DIS033.07E

HC311005 : inputsensormodule.sensors Type

Failure

Context

W311005

Action

None

Reason

one of the inputsensors is not functioning

Cure

Remove jam

HC311020 : inputsensormodule.working Type

Defect

Context

11

Action

Replace

Reason

S4 bracket module is defective

Cure

Power off printer and replace

Part

MOD10

MODULE : camdrivemodule Elabel : No

HC313000 : camdrivemodule.home Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC313001 : camdrivemodule.m2.connection Type

Defect

Context

E313001

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Motor M2 not connected

Cure1

Connect motor M2

Reason2

Cam shaft module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD13

HC313002 : camdrivemodule.s7 Type

Defect

Context

E313002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Sensor S7 not connected

Cure1

Connect sensor S7

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD13

HC313020 : camdrivemodule.working Type

Defect

Context

13

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD13






DD+DIS033.07E

HC313021 : camdrivemodule.m2.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E313021

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD13

MODULE : gearboxmodule Elabel : No

HC314000 : gearboxmodule.home Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam

HC314001 : gearboxmodule.pickup.ed Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam






DD+DIS033.07E

HC314002 : gearboxmodule.takeover.film.close Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam

HC314003 : gearboxmodule.film.inputsensors Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Internal jam

Cure

Remove internal jam

HC314004 : gearboxmodule.m8.connection Type

Defect

Context

E314004

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect motor M8

Reason2

Roller drive module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD14






DD+DIS033.07E

HC314005 : gearboxmodule.s3 Type

Defect

Context

E314005

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect sensor S3

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD14

HC314006 : gearboxmodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E314006

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector XS12 not connected

Cure1

Connect Connector XS12

Reason2

gearboxmodule drive module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD14

HC314020 : gearboxmodule.working Type

Defect

Context

14

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD14






DD+DIS033.07E

HC314021 : gearboxmodule.m8.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E314021

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD14

MODULE : suspensiondrivemodule Elabel : No

HC315000 : suspensiondrivemodule.move Type

Accidental

Context Action

None

Reason

Suspension move (10 or 14 inch) failed accidently

Cure


HC315001 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.connection Type

Defect

Context

E315001

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect motor M3

Reason2

Suspension drive module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD15






DD+DIS033.07E

HC315002 : suspensiondrivemodule.s21 Type

Defect

Context

E315002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect sensor S21

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD15

HC315003 : suspensiondrivemodule.s22 Type

Defect

Context

E315003

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect sensor S22

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD15

HC315004 : suspensiondrivemodule.connected Type

Defect

Context

E315004

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Connector XS13 not connected

Cure1

Connect Connector XS13

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD15






DD+DIS033.07E

HC315020 : suspensiondrivemodule.working Type

Defect

Context

15

Action

Replace

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD15

HC315021 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E315021

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD15

MODULE : coolingfanmodule Elabel : No

HC316000 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.connection Type

Defect

Context

E316000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Coolingfan not connected

Cure1

Connect coolingfan

Reason2

Coolingfan module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD12






DD+DIS033.07E

HC316020 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E316020

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

Coolingfan not connected

Cure1

Connect coolingfan

Reason2

Coolingfan module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD12

MODULE : pumpandvalvesmodule Elabel : No

HC317000 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.connection Type

Defect

Context

E317000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1


Cure1

Connect motor M9

Reason2

XS10 not connected

Cure2

Connect XS10

Reason3

Pump and valves module defect

Cure3

Replace

Part

MOD17

HC317001 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.connection Type

Defect

Context

E317001

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

XS10 not connected

Cure1

Connect XS10

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD17






DD+DIS033.07E

HC317002 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.connection Type

Defect

Context

E317002

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

XS10 not connected

Cure1

Connect XS10

Reason2


Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD17

HC317020 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E317020

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD17

HC317021 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E317021

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD17






DD+DIS033.07E

HC317022 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E317022

Action

SeeManual

Reason


Cure

Replace

Part

MOD17

MODULE : eboxfanmodule Elabel : No

HC320000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection Type

Defect

Context

E320000

Action

SeeManual

Reason1

EBox fan module not connected

Cure1

Connect EBox fan module

Reason2

EBox fan module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD20

HC320020 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit Type

Defect

Context

E320020

Action

SeeManual

Reason

EBox fan module defect

Cure2

Replace

Part

MOD20






DD+DIS033.07E

MODULE : bothtraysmodule Elabel : No

HC321001 : pickupmodule.alltrays.disabled Type

Defect

Context

E321001

Action

SeeManual

Reason

All inputtrays have detected a mallfunction

Cure

Check other active HC-codes to get detailed info





Chapter 3.4

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs



►

Purpose of this document This document lists the jumper settings of the printer and describes the meaning of the LEDs on the different printed circuit boards.

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

10-2007

•

Initial Version


Title

n.a.

n.a.


10-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14349630 eq_03-4_codings_e_template_v04



Repair and Service Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs

DD+DIS033.07E



(2)






DD+DIS033.07E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

CODINGS .................................................................................................................................4 1.1

Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk..................................................................................4

1.2

Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk..................................................................................5

2

FUSES......................................................................................................................................6

3

LEDS ........................................................................................................................................6 3.1

DEVIL Board .............................................................................................................................7

3.2

THANOS Board (plugged onto the DEVIL Board) ....................................................................8

3.3

Power Supply ............................................................................................................................9

3.4

Front ..............................................................................................................................10

3.5

Rear ...............................................................................................................................11






DD+DIS033.07E

1

Codings

1.1

Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk

1 J1

J3 1

12 18

536634BD.CDR

Figure 1

Jumper J1

Setting

Function

1-2

open

ID Bit 3

3-4

open

ID Bit 2

5-6

open

ID Bit 1

7-8

open

ID Bit 0

9-10

open

Not used

11-12

open

Termination Power Table 1

Jumper J3

Setting

Function

1-2

open

ID Bit 3

3-4

open

ID Bit 2

5-6

open

ID Bit 1

7-8

open

ID Bit 0

9-10

open

Busy LED

11-12

open

Enable write protect

13-14

open

enable stagger spin

15-16

open

Enable delay spin

17-18

open

Force single ended bus mode Table 2






DD+DIS033.07E

1.2

Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk 24 C3 12 1 C4 1 536634BC.CDR

Figure 2

Jumper C3

Setting

Function

1-2

open

ID Bit 3

3-4

open

ID Bit 2

5-6

open

ID Bit 1

7-8

open

ID Bit 0

9-10

open

Disable Autostart

11-12

open

Force single ended bus mode

13-14

open

Enable delayed start

15-16

open

Write Protect

17-18

open

Reserved

19-20

open

Reserved

21-22

open

LED

23-24

open

Term Power to SCSI bus Table 3






DD+DIS033.07E

Jumper C4

Setting

Function

1-2

open

ID Bit 3

3-4

open

ID Bit 2

5-6

open

ID Bit 1

7-8

open

ID Bit 0

9-10

open

Not used

11-12

open

Write Protect Table 4

2

Fuses The printer has no fuses that can be replaced. If one of the fuses in the power supply is defective, the whole Power supply unit must be replaced - refer to section 3.5.

3

LEDs The following tables show the status of the LED indications and the corresponding function:

LED's on...

Refer to

DEVIL Board

3.1

THANOS Board

3.2

Power supply

3.3

Front

3.4

Rear

3.5






DD+DIS033.07E

3.1

DEVIL Board Name

LED

Color

Function

(**) NTRAFFIC

D1

yellow

Network activity

(**) NGOOD_LINK

D2

yellow

Network connected

(**) 100MBit_speed

D3

yellow

High speed network

IMGCTRL_0

D4

yellow

Software controllable

+3V3

D5

green

+3.3V present

P_24V

D9

green

+24V present

+12V

D10

green

+12V present

IMGCTRL_CONFDONE D12

yellow

Off: FPGA config done. ON: FPGA not configured

IMGCTRL_1

D13

yellow


UP_LED0

D14

yellow


UP_LED1

D15

yellow


(**) IDE_DASP

D16

yellow

IDE activity

12V

D17

green

-12V present

+5V

D18

green

+5V present

_ACTLED

D19

yellow

Disc activity controlled by PORTEX

Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear (refer to 3.5).

NOTE: LEDs D6, D7, D8, D11 are not present.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2

THANOS Board (plugged onto the DEVIL Board) LED

Color

Function

LD1

yellow

FPGA LED1 - Software controllable

LD2

yellow


LD3

yellow


LD5

green

VCC supply voltage ok

LD6

green

3.3V supply voltage ok

LD8

green

1V8 supply voltage ok

LD9

green

1V8 DDR2 supply voltage ok

LD10

green

VCORE supply voltage ok

LD11

yellow

1V2 supply voltage ok

LD12

yellow

PCI Bus status

LD13

yellow

Fire Wire Link active

LD14

yellow

Fire Wire cable connected

LD15

yellow

U Bus active

LD16

red

OFF: FPGA configuration done ON: FPGA NOT configured => ALARM

LD17

yellow


LD18

yellow


LD19

yellow


LD20

yellow







DD+DIS033.07E

3.3

Power Supply

536634ab.cdr

Figure 3

LED

Status

Color

Overtemp

On

Red

Off + 3.3 V

On

Green

Off +5V

On On

Green

On

Green

On

Green

On Off

+12 V present -12 V present -12 V not present

Green

Off 13..27 V

+5 V present

+12 V not present

Off +24 V

+3.3 V present

+5 V not present

Off -12 V

Temperature inside power supply exceeded permissible limits. Operation not possible*. Temperature inside power supply within permissible limit. +3.3 V not present

Off +12 V

Function

+24 V present +24 V not present

Green

voltage between 13 V and 27 V voltage < 13 V

*When the temperature inside the power supply exceeds the permissible limit, printing can continue for up to 120 seconds. After this delay the power supply switches off the power and checks the temperature every 20 seconds. As soon as the temperature is below the permissible limit, it switches on again.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.4

Front Led

Color

Function

D1

green

12V power present

D2..D25

green / red

See table below

D3

green

5V power present

Color

Light Constant

Status

Receive Jobs ?

Printing possible ?

Ready

No

No

No

No

Receiving jobs

Yes

Yes

Calculating

Yes

Yes

Printing

Yes

Yes

Calibrating

Yes

No

Installation

No

No

Key-operator

Yes/No

Yes/No

Service mode

No

No

Film jam

Yes

No

Warning

Yes

Yes

Error status

No

No

(stand-by) Startup sequence

Green Blinking

Red

Blinking

Constant






DD+DIS033.07E

3.5

Rear

536634aa.cdr

Figure 4

Name

Led

Color

Function

NTRAFFIC

D1

yellow

Network activity

NGOOD_LINK

D2

yellow

Network connected

1 GBit_speed

D3

yellow

High speed network

IDE_DASP

D16

yellow

IDE activity

Note: These LEDs are part of the DEVIL board (refer to 3.1).





Chapter 3.5

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Replacements / Repair Procedures



►

Purpose of this Document This document describes the availability of replacement instructions: The replacement instructions are enclosed to the printer spare parts as print-out.

►


Release Date


1.1

04-2010

Removed references to enclosure documents.




Document Node ID: 14350805 eq_03-5_replacements_e_template_v07


Repair and Service Replacements / Repair Procedures

DD+DIS033.07E

►




(2)






Chapter 3.5 / 2


Chapter 3.6

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Adjustments and Calibrations



►

Purpose of this document This document describes the adjustments, calibrations and image quality checks of the printer.

►

►


Release Date


1.1

06-2008

Added section 2.5, Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure.


Title

n.a.

n.a.



Document Node ID: 14350417 eq_03-6_adjustments_e_template_v06



Repair and Service Adjustments and Calibrations

DD+DIS033.07E

►




(2)








DD+DIS033.07E

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

ADJUSTMENTS .......................................................................................................................4 1.1

2

3

Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure .......................................................................................4

CALIBRATIONS .......................................................................................................................7 2.1

Film Calibration .........................................................................................................................8

2.2

CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration................................................................................10

2.3

Print Head (TH) Calibration.....................................................................................................12

2.4

Smart Profile Calibration .........................................................................................................14

2.5

Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure..................18

2.5.1

Checking the Densitometer Calibration ..................................................................................21

2.5.2

Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer ........................................................21

2.5.3

Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and Thermal Print Head Calibration.............................................................................................................22

2.5.4

Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and Thermal Print Head Calibration ...............................................................................................................................22

2.5.5

Performing a Density Reproduction Check.............................................................................27

2.5.6

Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check..............................................................28

2.5.7

Performing a Compliance Film Calibration .............................................................................29

CHECKS.................................................................................................................................32 3.1

Density reproduction check.....................................................................................................32

3.2

Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure ..................................................................33

3.3

Resistor Check........................................................................................................................36






DD+DIS033.07E

1

Adjustments Following adjustments have to be performed at the printer:

Adjustment Horizontal film alignment

1.1 WHEN TO BE PERFORMED

PURPOSE

To be done ....

Details see....

in case after TH replacement the blank left / right frame on a SMPTE test image is < 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C films or < 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films

1.1

Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure The horizontal film alignment is necessary when: •

The TPH has been replaced and

•

the blank frame at the left and right hand side on a SMPTE test image is o

< 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films

o

< 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.

Centering the image on the film: Compensate for mechanical tolerances of the thermal head mounting.

REQUIRED TOOLS: Ruler to measure in the range up to 15 mm REQUIRED TIME: 10 min.

NOTE: The horizontal film alignment can be performed via browser interface or the local keypad. The required time and proceeding is identical. It can be performed at any film size.






DD+DIS033.07E

INSTRUCTIONS

Via Printer Browser Interface (1)

In the printer browser interface select 'Service Engineer Tools'.

(2)

Select 'Enter Service Command Session'.

(3)

Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.

(4)

Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 1 will be printed.

(5)

Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.

(6)

Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.

(7)

Select 'Accept Changes'.

Via Local Keypad (1)

In the key-operator menu select menu '7 Service Actions'.

(2)

Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.

(3)

Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 1 will be printed.

(4)

Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.

(5)

Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.

(6)

Select ‘confirm’.






DD+DIS033.07E

Measure the left clear border width:

Left white border

Value:

Measure the right clear border width: Value:

mm

via local display

Right white border

mm

via Browser Interface:

Measure left white border Welcome to this DryStar AXYS

0.0 mm Measure right white border

Service - Calibration

0.0 mm

Horizontal alignment Left white border 0.0 Right white border 0.0 Accept changes

(mm) (mm)

Discard changes 536736ac.cdr

Figure 1

Verification:

Result:

(1)

On the local keypad select key-operator menu '3 Print Image - 1 Testimage – upper or lower tray - SMPTE_xxx.tif': An SMPTE test image will be printed.

(2)

Measure the left and right blank frame in print direction: It must be o

≥ 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films

o

≥ 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.

The horizontal film alignment procedure is performed.






DD+DIS033.07E

2

Calibrations Following calibrations have to be performed at the printer:

Adjustment

To be done ....

Film calibration

•

During maintenance.

•

After replacement of the Thermal print head (TPH).

•

During the troubleshooting procedure.

•

When the density reproduction check indicates to calibrate the CDM.

•


•


•

During the TH cleaning procedure. Refer to section 3.2 in this chapter.

•


•

In certain cases during maintenance. Refer to section 9, Maintenance.

•

May be required as last step of an Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure for a Drystar AXYS Mammo printer.

Internal densitometer (CDM) calibration

Print Head (TH) calibration

Smart Profile Calibration

Compliance Film Calibration

Details see.... 2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5






DD+DIS033.07E


PURPOSE

Film Calibration The film calibration has to be performed in following cases: •

Before Smart TH Profile Calibration. See section 2.4.

•

During the compliance film calibration. See section 2.5.

•

After TH replacement.

•

At least each 5000 films (adjustable maintenance action. Refer to chapter 9 Maintenance).

•

In case of a drift of the maximum density.

•


Determination of the correlation between control of the thermal head and corresponding densities on film.

REQUIRED TOOLS: None REQUIRED TIME: 10 min.

NOTE: The film calibration is by default executed automatically at every 5th new film package: This automatic film calibration can be activated/deactivated in the Key-operator menu "1. Change settings - 5. Image quality - 1. General - select default for film calibration (default = ON)". Also the calibration frequency (Default = every 5 film packs) can be entered there.






DD+DIS033.07E

(1) Select in key-operator menu '6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'. (2) Select upper or lower input tray: The calibration film as shown in Figure 2 is printed and the measured Dmax is shown. INPUT TRAY: FILM CALIBRATION OK Dmax = 3.20 (XR310) 536701aa.cdr

Default densitometer Measured Dmax

(3) Repeat film calibration for the second input tray. 536336as.cdr

Figure 2 NOTE: The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is max. 2% different from the target Dmax. The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Keyoperator menu "2 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General". Refer to table below. Example: Selected default densitometer: Measured Dmax DT2B: Result: Default Densitometer

X-Rite 341 3.04 O.D. Calibration successful

Target Dmax DT2B

Target Dmax DT2C

Target Dmax DT2 Mammo

X-Rite 310

3.20 O.D.

3.05 O.D.

3.80 O.D.

X-Rite 331

3.09 O.D.

2.93 O.D.

3.68 O.D.

X-Rite 341

3.05 O.D.

2.89 O.D.

3.65 O.D.

X-Rite 301

3.10 O.D.

2.88 O.D.

3.63 O.D.

MacBeth

3.10 O.D.

2.91 O.D.

3.68 O.D.

Gretag D200

3.05 O.D.

2.88 O.D.

3.63 O.D.






DD+DIS033.07E

2.2

CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration NOTE:

WHEN TO BE PERFORMED

PURPOSE

•

Only following densitometers can be used for the calibration: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.

•

The densitometer must be calibrated with the calibration wedge of the densitometer manufacturer according to the calibration procedure of the densitometer manufacturer.

•

The calibration of the internal densitometer CDM via an external densitometer is necessary when the density reproduction check for a specific material is not OK after a film calibration.

•


•

Adjust the CDM to another calibrated, external densitometer.

•

To compensate for CDM measurement drifts.

REQUIRED TOOLS: One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.

INSTRUCTIONS

(1)

In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session' select '6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration'.

(2)

Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 3.

(3)

Enter the measured densities in the browser window.

(4)

Perform a film calibration. See 2.1.

(5)

Perform a density reproduction check. See 3.1.






DD+DIS033.07E



Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart Profile Calibration

Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Go back

Start Calibration


Go back

Reset Values


Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration Upper Tray Lower Tray

536736ak.cdr

Internal Densitometer Calibration

SUCCEEDED Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet Step Previous values Step Previous values 0.24 0.24 00 0.25 01 0.25 0.25 0.31 02 0.26 03 0.30 0.55 0.95 04 0.54 05 0.94 1.45 1.97 06 1.43 07 1.96 2.49 2.99 08 2.50 09 3.00 3.15 2.80 10 3.18 11 2.80 2.28 1.75 12 2.28 13 1.71 1.20 0.72 14 1.17 15 0.71 0.38 0.26 16 0.37 17 0.26 0.24 0.24 18 0.25 19 0.25 Accept changes

Discard changes

Reset values

Figure 3

NOTE: Always perform a Film calibration (refer to 2.1) and check the Density reproduction (refer to 3.1) after a CDM calibration.






DD+DIS033.07E


Print Head (TH) Calibration •

The Print Head Profile calibration is necessary whenever vertical stripes are not longer acceptable: Vertical stripes are unacceptable in case they are visible in the medical service test image.

REQUIRED TOOLS:

INSTRUCTIONS

•

One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, XRite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341

•

Lint free cloth

•

Isopropyl - alcohol

(1)

Print the Medical service test image.

(2)

Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way.

(3)

In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.

(4)

Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 4.






DD+DIS033.07E



Service - Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Thermal Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart profile calibration

Start Calibration

Go back


Reset Values


Service - Calibration Printhead Calibration

Succeeded

Upper Tray Lower Tray Select a 14" film for optimum quality

536736ag.cdr

Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet Step Step 01 2.1 00 2.0 02 2.0 03 2.1 04 2.1 05 2.1 06 2.1 07 2.1 08 2.2 09 2.1 10 2.1 11 2.2 12 2.1 13 2.1 14 2.1 15 2.0 16 2.1 17 2.1 18 2.1 19 2.1 20 2.1 21 2.2 Accept changes

Field 1

Go back

Discard changes

Reset values

Field 21

Figure 4






DD+DIS033.07E

(5) Print the Medical service test image. (6) Check the print stripes in the medical image. • If the vertical stripes are acceptable, continue with next step. • If the vertical stripes are still unacceptable, but improved with respect to the first printed medical image, repeat the procedure. • If the vertical stripes are still unacceptable and not improved with respect to the first printed medical image replace the Thermal Print head (refer to Section 3.5).

Figure 5: Medical service test image

(7) Perform a Film calibration. Refer to section 2.1.

NOTE: With Print Head Calibration only macro TPH banding can be solved. Sharp and or small (10 mm) discontinuities can not be solved by a Print Head Calibration.


PURPOSE

Smart Profile Calibration The smart profile calibration has to be performed in following cases: •


•

In certain cases during maintenance. Refer to section 9, Maintenance.

Equalization of TH resistor drift in the area of 10" film black borders when printing in mixed format conditions (mix of 10" and 14" print width). A 14x17" film is required to perform this calibration. 66 densities have to be measured and to be entered in the browser screen.






DD+DIS033.07E

REQUIRED TOOLS: • Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 • Waterproof pen

REQUIRED TIME: 45 min.

(1) Perform a film calibration for this tray, where 14x17" films are available. See section 2.1. (2) Select in the browser menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session'. (3) Select '6 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile Calibration'. (4) Select the densitometer which will be used for measurement. (5) Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film as shown in Figure 6 is printed. (6) Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen.

Figure 6 (7) Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 7 and Figure 8. IMPORTANT: The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of 4 minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered values will be reset to "0.00". Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E



Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart profile calibration

Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310 Start Calibration

Go back


Go back

Reset Values


Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration Upper Tray Lower Tray Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format

536736kk.cdr

Step 00 0.00 05 0.00 10 0.00 15 0.00 20 0.00 25 0.00 30 0.00 35 0.00 40 0.00 45 0.00 50 0.00 55 0.00 60 0.00 65 0.00

Smart Profile Calibration Step Step Step 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 0.00 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 0.00 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 0.00 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 0.00 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 0.00 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 0.00 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 0.00 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 0.00 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 0.00 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 0.00 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 0.00 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 0.00 61 0.00 62 0.00 63 0.00

Accept changes

Discard all changes

Step 04 0.00 09 0.00 14 0.00 19 0.00 24 0.00 29 0.00 34 0.00 39 0.00 44 0.00 49 0.00 54 0.00 59 0.00 64 0.00

Reset values

Figure 7






DD+DIS033.07E

Verification:

(1)

In the browser screen select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Testimage – upper or lower tray* STI2.ZIP': The STI2 test image will be printed.

(2)

From the same menu print the medical_image.zip* *IMPORTANT: Select the tray with 14" width films.

(3)

Check both images at the light box for dark stripes in the area of the 10" film edge: • On the STI2 test image dark stripes may be visible in the area of the 10" film edge. • On the medical test image no dark stripes may be visible in the area of the 10" film edge.

Figure 9

Result:

The smart profile calibration is performed.






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5

WHEN TO BE PERFORMED

Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure The compliance film calibration may be required as last step of the Afssaps / EUREF* calibration procedure for a DRYSTAR AXYS used for printing mammo images. The Afssaps / EUREF compliance calibration procedure has to be performed in following cases: •

Before the Afssaps / EUREF mammo acceptance test.

•

Each 6 months, if the printer is under control of Afssaps / EUREF, and it did not the Afssaps / EUREF calibration check (see section 2.5.6).

*Afssaps = EUREF =

PREREQUISITE

Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and Diagnostic Services

1) The compliance film calibration is only available for DRYSTAR AXYS software ≥ 1.6.2_C1. 2) A “TG18-PQC modified 4” image has to be available on the modality. The Test Pattern can be ed from http://www.euref.org/. Figure 10: TG18-PQC modified 4

PURPOSE

Make film calibration this accurate, that it es the acceptance criteria as defined by Afssaps / EUREF: The default film calibration procedure is not necessarily accurate enough.






DD+DIS033.07E

REQUIRED TOOLS: • Service PC with network interface and browser Internet Explorer • Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 • Lint free cloth • Isopropyl - alcohol • Waterproof pen • Density reproduction check Excel sheets, available via MEDNET, GSO Library • Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check Excel Sheet, available via MEDNET, GSO Library • Connectivity Release Document for the corresponding modality to DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo, available via MedNet HealthCare Library Æ General Info Æ Connectivity & Application

REQUIRED TIME: 60 to 120 min.






DD+DIS033.07E

Overview of the Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure:

Drystar AXYS Mammo calibration procedure for Afssaps/EUREF Check calibration of densitometer. Details see section 2.5.1. Perform densitometer calibration acc. to densitometer manufacturer instructions.

No

Densitometer calibration ok? YES

Check configured default densitometer. Details see section 2.5.2.

Used densitometer = default densitometer in the printer?

No

Adjust densitometer in 'Key-operator menu 2 Change settings – 5 Image Quality - 1 General settings'

YES YES

Printer installation date = today? No

Reset CDM, TH, CFC calibrations. Details see section 2.5.3 Perform following calibrations. Details see section 2.5.4: 1. Film calibration for mammo trays (2 x) 2. CDM calibration 3. Film calibration for mammo trays (1 x) 4. Print Head calibration (1x) 5. Film calibration for mammo trays (2 x) Perform density reproduction check (DRC). Details see section 2.5.5. DRC ok?

No

YES Print TG18 QPC pattern. Measure 18 density values. Enter values in 'EUREF&AFSSAPS GSDF check.xls'. Details see 2.5.6. No Deviations < 10%? YES

Perform CFC calibration. Details see section 2.5.7. Repeat up to 3 times if required.

Finished CFC_calibration_axys.cdr

Figure 11






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.1

Checking the Densitometer Calibration IMPORTANT: The base for a successful Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure is a perfectly calibrated densitometer. (1) Check the densitometer calibration as described in the densitomter manual. Example for X-Rite 341: •

Insert calibrated step tablet (part of delivery).

•

Check density of step tablet area marked "CAL": This measurement should be within +0.02D of the value marked on the step tablet.

(2) Calibrate the densitometer according to the instructions of the manufacturer if required. 2.5.2

Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer (1)

Select key-operator menu “1 Show settings – 3 Network/DICOM”.

(2)

Write down the printer IP address.

(3)

Leave the key-operator menu.

(4)

Confirm that the printer is in ready state, i.e. no films are in the printer queue.

(5)

Disconnect the network cable at the wall side.

(6)

Connect the network cable to the service PC. See NOTE below.

(7)

Adapt the service PC network address if required. For details refer to chapter 3.2, Tools, section “Connection of the Service PC to the Printer”.

(8)

Enter the printer IP address in the browser address window.

(9)

Select “Service Engineer Tools”.

(10) Select “Enter service command session”. (11) Select menu “1 Show settings – 4 Image Quality”. (12) Confirm, that the configured densitometer is the same like you are using for the density measurements. (13) If it is not the same densitometer, adjust it in menu “2 Change settings – 4 Image Quality – 1 General”. NOTE: Recent PC models autodetect the type of network connection: The standard network cable can be used for connection between printer and PC. For PC models which do not autodetect the type of network connection a crossed network cable (EB+72010270 or commercially available) is required. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.3

Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and Thermal Print Head Calibration NOTE: Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and Thermal Print Head Calibration is required to be sure, that possibly wrong calibrations from previous service interventions are deleted. (1) In the service command session select “1 Show settings – 2 Input Tray”. (2) Check, which tray is using “DT2M” film material. (3) In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film calibration – 1 Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray or 2 Reset compliance film calibration for lower tray”. (depends on which film tray is using DT2M film material). If both trays contain DT2M film material, select both trays, one after another. (4) Leave the “service command session” (5) In the service tools page select “Reset calibration data” (6) Select “Default CDM” and “Default Profile”. Note, that “Default Profile” button is not available, if no “Print Head Profile” has been performed in the field yet. (7) Leave the Reset calibration data” screen. NOTE: After this action the printer will show warnings •

HC302016 Lower tray needs film calibration - or

•

HC301016 Upper tray needs film calibration - and

•

HC306014 Printer needs CDM calibration

This problem will be solved in the next section. 2.5.4

Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and Thermal Print Head Calibration NOTE: The Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibration and Thermal Print Head Calibration is described in this chapter (3.6 Adjustments and Calibrations) in detail. Here only a short description is given. For details refer to … •

2.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration

•

2.1 Film Calibration

•

2.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.4.1

Performing Film Calibrations NOTE: The film calibration has to be performed two times for each tray, where DT2M films are available.

(1) Select menu “Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session - 6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration”. (2) Select the input tray with DT2M films: The calibration film as shown in Figure 12 is printed and the measured Dmax is shown. INPUT TRAY: FILM CALIBRATION OK Dmax = 3.69 (XR310) 536736az.cdr


Figure 12

(3) Repeat the film calibration a 2nd time. (4) Repeat the film calibration two times for the second input tray, if it keeps DT2M films, too. 2.5.4.2

Performing an internal Densitometer Calibration (1) Select menu “Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session - 6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration”. (2) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 13. See also NOTE below. (3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window. (4) Select “Accept changes”. NOTE: Use this tray for internal densitometer calibration, where DT2M films are available.






DD+DIS033.07E



Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart Profile Calibration

Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Go back

Start Calibration


Go back

Reset Values


Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration Upper Tray Lower Tray

536736ak.cdr

Internal Densitometer Calibration

SUCCEEDED Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet Step Previous values Step Previous values 0.24 0.24 00 0.25 01 0.25 0.25 0.31 02 0.26 03 0.30 0.55 0.95 04 0.54 05 0.94 1.45 1.97 06 1.43 07 1.96 2.49 2.99 08 2.50 09 3.00 3.15 2.80 10 3.18 11 2.80 2.28 1.75 12 2.28 13 1.71 1.20 0.72 14 1.17 15 0.71 0.38 0.26 16 0.37 17 0.26 0.24 0.24 18 0.25 19 0.25 Accept changes

Discard changes

Reset values

Figure 13






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.4.3

Performing a Film Calibration after the internal Densitometer Calibration NOTE: The film calibration after the internal densitometer calibration has to be performed one time for each tray, where DT2M films are available.

(1) Select menu “Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session - 6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration”. (2) Select the input tray with DT2M films: The calibration film as shown in Figure 14 is printed and the measured Dmax is shown. INPUT TRAY: FILM CALIBRATION OK Dmax = 3.69 (XR310) 536736az.cdr


Figure 14

(3) Repeat the film calibration for the second input tray, if it keeps DT2M films, too. 2.5.4.4

Performing a Print Head Calibration followed by two Film Calibrations NOTE: The print head calibration has to be performed 2 times, if films of width 10” and 14” are available.

INSTRUCTIONS

(1) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way. (2) In the browser pages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'. (3) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 15. See IMPORTANT note next page concerning tray selection. (4) Perform two film calibrations for this tray, where DT2M films are loaded – if both trays keep DT2M film, perform it for both trays. Refer to section 2.5.4.1.






DD+DIS033.07E

IMPORTANT: •

If the printer has 14x11” DT2 Mammo films loaded, select the tray with 14” film for print head calibration.

•

If only 8x10” or 10x12” DT2 Mammo films are available, use the tray with 10” films loaded.

•

If the printer uses 14” DT2B or DT2B films and 10” DT2 Mammo films, perform the print head calibration first for the upper tray, then for the lower tray.



Service - Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Thermal Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart profile calibration

Start Calibration

Go back


Reset Values


Service - Calibration Printhead Calibration

Succeeded

Upper Tray Lower Tray Select a 14" film for optimum quality

536736ag.cdr

Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet Step Step 01 2.1 00 2.0 02 2.0 03 2.1 04 2.1 05 2.1 06 2.1 07 2.1 08 2.2 09 2.1 10 2.1 11 2.2 12 2.1 13 2.1 14 2.1 15 2.0 16 2.1 17 2.1 18 2.1 19 2.1 20 2.1 21 2.2 Accept changes

Field 1

Go back

Discard changes

Reset values

Field 21

Figure 15






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.5

Performing a Density Reproduction Check NOTE: Performing this step is a verification method for step “Performing a Density Reproduction Check”. If the Density Reproduction Check is successful, the internal densitometer calibration is OK. (1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image". (2) Select the tray with DT2M films. (3) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 % – 0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer. (4) To check linearity fill in measured values in the density reproduction check Excel file. See Figure 16. Select densitometer:

X-rite 341 4

Dmax = 365

Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check 100% 21 21 0 0 90% 56 55,4 0,6 0 80% 91 89,8 1,2 0 Density Reproduction = OK 70% 127 124,2 2,8 0 No CDM calibration needed for Mammo 60% 161 158,6 2,4 0 50% 195 193 2 0 40% 229 227,4 1,6 0 30% 263 261,8 1,2 0 20% 298 296,2 1,8 0 10% 333 330,6 2,4 0 0% 368 365 3 0 When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot, e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0 Lower limit 0 -5 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -12 -13 -13 -14 -14 -14 -15 -15 -15 -16 -16 -16 -16

Upper limit 0 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16

Density difference LinCheck image DT2Mammo in DSAXYS

20 15

Density Difference

Density 0 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300 315

film

X-rite 310 X-rite 331 X-rite 341 X-rite 301 Mac Beth TR924 Gretag D200-2

10 5 0

Lower limit Upper limit Density difference

-5 -10 -15 -20 0

100

200

300

400

Target Density

Figure 16 (5) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is calculated automatically. (6) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to carry out a CDM calibration.






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.6

Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check (1) Leave the service command session. (2) Connect the printer network cable to the network outlet at the wall. (3) Consult the “connectivity release document” for the modality connection to DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo for the proper modality configuration to print the “TG18PQC modified 4” test image. (4) Print the “TG18-PQC modified 4” test image from the modality. (5) Measure the 18 density values and enter them in the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check Excel sheet. See Figure 17. deviation compared to DICOM (%) Step 2: Check, that deviation is < 10% for all values. If 1 (or more) value > = 10% go to S

EUREF/AFSSAPS GSDF check for printer

Step 1: Enter the measured values he Laser: Measured luminance values testpattern Luminance JND TG18-LN12-# p-value L j(L) 1 0 1,798105 98,486 2 240 3,831783 142,848 3 480 7,638348 193,970 4 720 13,07981 241,359 5 960 21,51446 291,079 6 1200 34,27055 342,479 7 1440 51,35702 390,683 8 1680 75,48349 439,328 9 1920 111,1691 490,605 10 2160 163,9521 544,108 11 2400 231,176 592,847 12 2640 333,7055 646,119 13 2880 470,959 697,023 14 3120 649,724 745,196 15 3360 917,3471 797,368 16 3600 1265,911 846,462 17 3840 1747,063 895,837 18 4080 2467,38 948,924

dL/L

deviation compared to DICOM (%)

0,722 0,664 0,525 0,488 0,457 0,399 0,380 0,382 0,384 0,340 0,363 0,341 0,319 0,342 0,319 0,319 0,342

9,0 4,0 3,5 1,0 3,9 2,6 1,8 3,1 7,2 2,3 6,5 1,8 3,5 4,3 1,8 1,3 6,0

Result contrast response printer

DICOM 3.14 standard testpattern Luminance TG18-LN12 p-value L 1 0 1,80 2 240 4,17 3 480 8,07 4 720 14,11 5 960 23,09 6 1200 36,13 7 1440 54,76 8 1680 81,09 9 1920 117,99 10 2160 169,45 11 2400 240,90 12 2640 339,85 13 2880 476,63 14 3120 665,49 15 3360 926,13 16 3600 1285,79 17 3840 1782,24 18 4080 2467,38

JND j(L) 98,486 148,511 198,537 248,563 298,589 348,614 398,640 448,666 498,692 548,718 598,743 648,769 698,795 748,821 798,846 848,872 898,898 948,924

dL/L

dL/L +10%

dL/L -10%

0,794 0,638 0,544 0,483 0,440 0,410 0,388 0,371 0,358 0,348 0,341 0,335 0,331 0,328 0,325 0,324 0,322

0,874 0,702 0,599 0,531 0,484 0,451 0,426 0,408 0,394 0,383 0,375 0,369 0,364 0,360 0,358 0,356 0,355

0,715 0,575 0,490 0,434 0,396 0,369 0,349 0,334 0,322 0,313 0,307 0,302 0,298 0,295 0,293 0,291 0,290

lineair relation between p-value and JN a: 0,208441 b: 98,4856

1,000

Step # on TG18 imageMeasured OD LuminanceStep # in CFC calibration screen on printer 1 3,7 1,7981049 17 2 3,15 3,8317831 16 3 2,78 7,6383476 15 4 2,52 13,079807 14 5 2,29 21,514455 13 6 2,08 34,270551 12 7 1,9 51,357016 11 8 1,73 75,483485 10 9 1,56 111,16915 9 10 1,39 163,95211 8 11 1,24 231,17597 7 12 1,08 333,70551 6 13 0,93 470,95902 5 14 0,79 649,72404 4 15 0,64 917,34706 3 16 0,5 1265,9111 2 17 0,36 1747,0633 1 18 0,21 2467,38 0

Step 3: Enter these values in CFC* screen on print Only required if deviation >= 10% (see step 2) * CFC = Compliance Film Calibration

dL/L

left monitor DICOM 3.14 +/- 10%

0,100 0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

p-values

Figure 17 (6) Check column “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)”: All values have to be < 10%. - If all values are < 10%, the procedure is finished. - If one (or more) value(s) are ≥ 10 %, proceed with next section. (7) Repeat this step for the other film tray, if the printer has two different DT2 Mammo film formats loaded (e.g. 8x10” DT2 Mammo and 10x12” DT2 Mammo).






DD+DIS033.07E

2.5.7

Performing a Compliance Film Calibration NOTE: Performing this step is only required, if the column “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” for one (or more) value(s) is ≥ 10 %. Refer to section 2.5.6. With this calibration the printer applies a correction on the current film calibration using the DT2M film. (1)

Re-connect the printer to the service PC via network cable.

(2)

In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film calibration. The wizard as shown in Figure 18 will start.

(3)

Select “3 Proceed without resetting”

(4)

Select “proceed” (the described steps you performed already – neglect the instructions in this screen) 3 .

(5)

Select the tray with DT2 Mammo films. If both trays keep DT2 Mammo films of different format, perform the compliance film calibration for one tray, and repeat it for the other tray 4 .

(6)

Select the configured densitometer. Refer to section 2.5.1

(7)

Select “Start calibration”.

(8)

Enter Dmin and Dmax measured during step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check” 6 .

(9)

Leave “Reflected ambient light” and “View Box Illumination” values on default.

2

*.

5

.

(10) Select for number of steps: “18 (EUREF)” (11) Select “Start calibration”. (12) Enter the values measured in step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check” 7 . See IMPORTANT note below. *

2

to

7

see Figure 18 page 31.

IMPORTANT: The browser screen where the 18 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of 1 minute. If you are not finished with entering all data within 1 minute, all entered values will be reset to default values. Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser.






DD+DIS033.07E

(13) Leave the “service command session”. (14) Repeat step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check. •

If this time all “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are < 10%, the “Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure” is finished.

•

If one (or more) “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” value(s) are ≥ 10%, repeat steps 2.5.6 and 2.5.7 up to three times. See IMPORTANT note below.

IMPORTANT: If after three repetitions one or more “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are still ≥ 10%, start the complete procedure from scratch. Refer to section 2.5.






DD+DIS033.07E

1

2

Service - Calibration 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Service - Calibration Compliance film calibration

Film calibration Internal densitometer calibration Thermal print head calibration Horizontal alignment Smart profile calibration Compliance film calibration

1. Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray (8x10) 2. Reset compliance film calibration for lower tray (14x17) 3. Proceed without resetting Go back

Go back

3


Actions which must have taken place with the same tray and with the same film pack: 1. First film calibration. 2. Profile calibration. 3. Second film calibration. 4. Remove film pack in other tray(s). 5. Printed DICOM-image. 6. Measurement of the densities.

4

Service - Calibration Compliance film calibration 1. Upper tray 2. Lower tray

Proceed Go back

5

Go back

6


Dmin:

Select densitometer:

Dmax:

Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310 Start calibration

Go back

Service - Calibration Compliance film calibration 0.20 3.68

Reflected Ambient Light 1 View Box Illumination

4000

Number of steps:

18 (EUREF)

Reset values Start calibration

Go back

Reset values

5367_SIB04_02.CDR

7

Service - Calibration Compliance film calibration Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values 0.16 0.33 00 0.16 01 0.33 0.49 0.66 02 0.49 03 0.66 0.83 0.99 04 0.83 05 0.99 1.16 1.33 06 1.16 07 1.33 1.50 1.66 08 1.50 09 1.66 1.83 2.00 10 1.83 11 2.00 2.16 2.33 12 2.16 13 2.33 2.50 2.66 14 2.50 15 2.66 2.83 3.00 16 2.83 17 3.00 Start calibration

Go back

Reset values

Figure 18






DD+DIS033.07E

3

Checks Following checks can be performed at the printer:

Adjustment

To be done ....

Density reproduction check

Details see....

During maintenance. Refer to chapter 9, Maintenance.

3.1

During troubleshooting procedure.

3.1

Check for dust stripes / TH cleaning procedure


3.2

Resistor check

During troubleshooting, to check whether print stripes are caused by the thermal head.

3.3

Density reproduction check REQUIRED TOOLS: • Service PC with Density reproduction check files, available via MEDNET, path 'GSO library - Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General Services Info => Application Info => Density Reproduction Check Excel Sheet'

PURPOSE:

With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked. This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration. This procedure must be carried out with every used film type: (1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image". (2) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 % – 0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer. (3) To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check Excel file. See Figure 19.






DD+DIS033.07E


X-rite 3414

Dmax = 305

Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check 100% 20 20 0 0 90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 80% 74 77 -3 0 70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0 60% 130 134 -4 0 50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0 40% 186 191 -5 0 30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0 20% 244 248 -4 0 10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0 0% 300 305 -5 0 When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot, e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0

Density Reproduction =

OK

No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film

Lower limit 0 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -9 -9 -9 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -11 -11 -11 -11 -12

Upper limit 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12

Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS 15 10

Density Difference

Density 0 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300 315


5 0


-5 -10 -15 0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Target Density

Figure 19 (4) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is calculated automatically. (5) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to carry out a CDM calibration.

3.2 TO BE DONE

Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure •

Whenever dust stripes seem to be present

•


(1)

Check the films for dust stripes as described in the flowchart of Figure 20.






DD+DIS033.07E

TH cleaning procedure

Dry TH cleaning procedure

Print STI2 and * medicalimage test image.

Dismount TH. No Okay. No replacement required

Vertical stripes visible ?

Yes or in doubt Clean TH with Isopropyl alcohol (”wet” cleaning).

Use ink eraser for cleaning. Refer to figure next page. Clean TH with Isopropyl alcohol (”wet” cleaning).

*

Print STI2 test image.

Additional vertical stripes visible ?

Mount TH.

Yes

Clean TH with Isopropyl alcohol (”wet” cleaning).

No Previous Stripes still visible ?

Clean TH with Isopropyl alcohol (”wet” cleaning).

No

Okay. No replacement required. Print STI2 test image.

*

Yes Perform Resistor Check.

** Yes

New vertical stripes visible ? No Resistor Check okay ?

Replace TH. No

Yes Perform Dry TH Cleaning Procedure.

Vertical stripes visible ?

No

Okay. No replacement required.

No

Okay. No replacement required.

Yes * Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session 3 Print Testimage – 1 Test image - STI2.ZIP

Perform TH *** profile calibration.

** browser service menu- 7 Test & Diagnose – 6 Diagnose mechanics – 5 Print Head Unit – 3 Resistor Check *** Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration

IMPORTANT: Observe TH cleaning rules described next page.

Stripes visible in medical_image test image ? Yes Replace TH.

536736mm.cdr






DD+DIS033.07E

Basic Rules for the TH Cleaning Procedure •

The correct cleaning material: o Wet cleaning: ƒ Use a lint free cloth lightly moistened with isopropyl – alcohol or a cleaning issue. ƒ For the isopropyl – alcohol: less water in the alcohol is better. Water can damage the thermal head. We recommend using a 90% isopropyl – alcohol. o Dry cleaning: use the blue side of an ink eraser. • The cleaning actions: o Wet cleaning: the last cleaning action must be carried out in one way! o Dry cleaning: ƒ Dismount the thermal head before dry cleaning. ƒ Make a linear cleaning movement, parallel to the resistor line. Refer to Figure 21. • General: do not push on the IC cover of the thermal head during cleaning. TH resistor line

TH cross section TH top view Blue side

Ink eraser e.g. Pelican type BR40

536410cd.cdr

linear cleaning movement parallel to TH resistor line

Figure 21: Usage of ink eraser for TH cleaning IMPORTANT: Instruct the customer, not to fill the input tray with dropped films or films coming from jam clearances: •

These re-inserted films can be contaminated with dust and fingerprints which can result in image artifacts or a defective thermal head.

•

If the film is inserted the wrong way, the thermal head gets heavily contaminated, what makes a service intervention necessary.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.3

Resistor Check

TO BE DONE

•

Whenever film stripes in the film run direction seem to be caused by a defective Thermal Print Head.

REQUIRED TOOLS: • Magnifying glass 8x (CM+9.9579.9904.0)

REQUIRED TIME: • 15 minutes

PURPOSE:

With the resistor check it is possible to check if line artifacts are caused by an electrical problem or by dirt on the thermal head. If the resistor check fails it’s not necessary to perform a dry cleaning: The Print Head can be replaced right away. The resistor check is performed in 2 (or more) steps: 1) A rough resistor measurement of all the resistor values. If large resistor drifts show up, a message will show up to replace the Print Head. 2) A fine resistor measurement in one of 44 predefined areas of the image (see Figure 22): The Service Engineer can enter this area at the printer, where he suspects a defective resistor due to a line in print direction. If certain resistor values in this specified region are out of range, a message will show up to replace the Print Head. 3) This fine resistor measurement can be repeated for each suspected area.

How?

(1) Go to the •

browser service menu "7 Service Actions - 6 Resistor Check" or

•

local keypad key-operator menu 7 Service Actions - 5 Resistor Check.

(2) Follow the instructions on the screen.






DD+DIS033.07E

Figure 22: Print Head resistor check test film





Chapter 3.7

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Software Menus, Settings


DRYSTAR AXYS 5367/100

►

Purpose of this Document This document lists the menus for service of the printer.

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

10/2007

•

Initial version


Title

n.a.

n.a.


10-2007 printed in


Document Node ID: Node ID eq_03-7_menus-setting_e_template_v04


Repair and Service Software Menus, Settings

DD+DIS033.07E



(2)





Chapter 3.7 / 2



DD+DIS033.07E

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

PRINTER CONTROLS .............................................................................................................4 1.1

Controls at the local Keypad .....................................................................................................5

2

KEY-OPERATOR MENU VIA LOCAL KEYPAD ......................................................................6

3

KEY-OPERATOR BROWSER PAGES ....................................................................................7

4

SERVICE BROWSER PAGES ...............................................................................................11




Chapter 3.7 / 3



DD+DIS033.07E

1

Printer Controls 1

2 6

3 4 5 1

Power/Reset button

2

Display

3

Keyboard - details see next page

4

Status indicator LED

5

Film input tray

6

Film output tray 5367_100_3702.cdr Page 1

The status indicator LED

At the right side of the display, a LE D indicates the status of the Drystar Axys. Color

Light Constant

Green

Blinking

Blinking

Status

Ready (standby)

Receive jobs?

Printing OK?

Yes

Yes

Startup sequence

No

No

Receiving jobs

Yes

Yes

Action

Proceed.

Calculating

Yes

Yes

Printing

Yes

Yes

Wait.

Calibrating

Yes

No

Installation

No

No

Key-operator

Yes/No

Yes/No

Service mode

No

No

Input tray empty

Yes

Yes/No

Refer to / Reference Manual

Film jam

Yes

No


Warning

Yes

Yes


Error status

No

No

Refer to Section Troubleshooting

Proceed with the activity.

Red

Constant




Chapter 3.7 / 4



DD+DIS033.07E

1.1

Controls at the local Keypad

The control buttons

Power / Reset button

To power on or off the printer. To reset the printer. 5367_100_3702.cdr Page 3

Keypad keys: Keyoperator key

To access the advanced functions of the Keyoperator mode. Refer to next page.

Escape key

To quit the current function or exit a menu without saving modifications.

Confirm key

(In Key-operator mode) To select a menu; To accept an entry in a menu.

Up key

To move the cursor to the previous entry field. To scroll upwards. To increment the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical entry field.

Down key

To move the cursor to the next entry field. To scroll downwards. To decrement the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical entry field.

Left key

To scroll backwards through multiple choices within a field. To move the entry position in a(n) (alpha)numerical entry field from right to left. To toggle between values in a field.

Right key

To scroll forwards through multiple choices within a field. To move the entry position in a(n) (alpha)numerical entry field from left to right. To toggle between values in a field.

"

All keys (except the Key-operator key) have a LED that is lit when the key is valid in a certain condition.

"

Press and hold down an arrow key to scroll quickly through a list or a menu.




Chapter 3.7 / 5



DD+DIS033.07E

2

Key-Operator Menu via local keypad = =

Show settings

General Upper input tray Lower input tray Network(DICOM) Image quality Logical printers

Based on SW Rel. 1,6 General Other...

Time and date Language Beep on empty tray

Installed datasets

Change settings

General Upper Input tray

Film view

Lower Input tray Network(DICOM) Image quality Film view

Print image

Test image From CF-Card Printer AE-title

Save configuration

General

Hostname

NETWORK only

Domain name Printer IP-address

Restore configuration

General NETWORK only

Netmask Router IP-address Remove modality Add modality

Calibration

Film calibration Clean therm. head General setting Per modality setting

Service actions

Error messages Warning messages

SMPTE Etc...

Repair history

Quality Control

Maintenance

Show open and update

Resistor Check

Show closed items

Print infocounters

5367_100_3702.cdr Page 3

Horizontal Alignment

Installation

From CF-Card Printer installation




Chapter 3.7 / 6



DD+DIS033.07E

3

Key-Operator Browser Pages Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

Prompt Enter drystar

Operator tools Key-operator tools

******

Service engineer tools

OK

Cancel

Specialist tools Security Tools HELP

Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

HOME

KEY OPERATOR TOOLS Remote sessions


Enter key-operator command session Release remote command session


Please wait while the printer is initializing for Remote Session...

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Key-Operator - Main 1. Show settings 2. Change settings 3. Print image 4. Save configuration 5. Restore config. 6. Calibration 7. Service actions 8. Quality Control 9. Installation leave remote session

see page 8




Chapter 3.7 / 7



DD+DIS033.07E

1

2


Key-Operator - Show settings 1. General 2. Input tray 3. Network (DICOM) 4. Image quality 5. Logical Printers 6. Installed datasets

Key-Operator - Change settings 1. General 2. Input tray 3. Network (DICOM) 4. Image quality

4


Key-Operator - Print Image 1. Test Image 2. From Printer Flash Card 3. From Remote Computer

see page 9

2.3


Go back

6


Key-Operator - Restore configuration 1. From CF-Card 2. From Remote Computer 3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm

Go back

8


Key-Operator - Service actions 1. Error Messages 2. Warning Messages 3. Repair history 4. Maintenance 5. Resistor Check 6. Print infocounters 7. Horizontal alignment Go back


Key-Operator - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Therm. Head clean

Go back

7

2.2

Key-Operator - Save configuration 1. To Printer Flash Card 2. To this Computer

3.1

Go back

5

2.1

2.4

Go back

Go back

3



Key-Operator - Quality Control 1. Quality Control

7.1

8.1

Go back

9


Key-Operator - Installation 1. New Software Installation 2. Printer Installation Wizard

9.1

Go back




Chapter 3.7 / 8



DD+DIS033.07E

2.1

2.2




Key-Operator - Change general settings Date: 19 2004 Oct. Time: 08 00 30


Language English Chinese Simpl. Japanese

DT2B

Tag film type Beep on empty tray 5 beeps Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50

Typical 68 Lower input tray Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

* Site name * Site address * City * Country code (tel) * Telephone Remote connection * Department * person E-mail address Comments

Tag film type

DT2B


2.4



Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings

2.3


1. General 2. Modality XYZ

Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)

2.4.1

see page 10

Go back

1. Network settings 2. Remove modality 3. Add modality Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

Go back

Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Daily used name Modality AE-title


Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom) Printer AE-title Hostname Domain name Printer IP-Address Netmask Router IP-address

DSAXYS dsaxys

Look Up Table: Interpolation:

Linear Kanamori Kanamorilike Replication Linear CubicHi-res CubicBell

12.10.68.41 255.0.0.0 Maximum density:


CT2 CT2_ARC

280 285 290 295





Chapter 3.7 / 9



DD+DIS033.07E

3.1


2.4.1


Key-Operator - Print image

Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings

1. Ktbwd2n.zip 2. smpte_kan.zip 3. smpte_l300.zip 4. smpte_lin.zip 5. tpa.zip

Default film calibration off on Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310

Go back


8.1


Key-Operator - Service actions Data of last QC measuring Date: 20-NOV-2004 Time: 09:01 Initials: Max D: 3.1 DD: 0.2 Mid Density: 1.1 Base + Fog: 0.2 New reference: yes no Comment:

Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Select frequency Every 5 packs Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values

9.1



Accept changes Go Back Key-Operator - Installation Software Upgrade

New QC measuring Reset Values

7.1

1. From CF-card 2. From this Computer Go back


Key-Operator - Service actions 1. Maintenance settings 2. Pending maintenance actions 3. Closed maintenance actions


Go back

Key-Operator - Installation Before install. please make backup 1. OK, make backup 2. SKIP backup


Go back

Key-Operator - Service actions MAINTENANCE SETTINGS Reset Item Cycles to go Factory settings

Thermal head cleaning required Replace thermal head anti dust filter Replace thermal head (end of life) Film calibration upper tray required Film calibration lower tray required Service maintenance required


Key-Operator - Installation


Go Back

Browse .....

4841 24841 62500 39841 500 2333

5000 25000 62500 40000 5000 5000

Go back

Reset Values




Chapter 3.7 / 10



DD+DIS033.07E

4

Service Browser Pages Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

Operator tools

Prompt Enter mega

Key-operator tools Service engineer tools

******

Specialist tools

OK

Cancel

Security Tools HELP


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session Reboot Drystar Reset Calibration Data Connectivity tools Scaling Setup DICOM profile editor LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Controller logging Module repair Modules

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

see page 12

see page 7 see page 20

S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15

see page 12

see page 13

see page 16 see page 17 see page 18 see page 19




Chapter 3.7 / 11



DD+DIS033.07E

S1

LIST OF ERRORS

S2

1. Site and system info: -----------------------Date: 18-Nov-2007 Time: 12:42:15

MODULE : devilmodule Elabel : Yes HC207000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected *TypeDefect *Context207000 *ActionSeeManual *Reason1Connector P9 not connected on Devil Cure1Connect P9 on Devil *Reason2Devil defect Cure2Replace PartMOD08

1.1 Device info: ---------------Product name: drystar Axys Type-No: 5175 Subtype-No: Serial-No: 1234 Manufacture date: 01-Aug-2007 16:45:00 Installation date: 31-Nov-2007 13:10:30

HC207001 : devilmodule.psu.connected *TypeDefect *Context207001 *ActionSeeManual *Reason1Connector P15 not connected on Devil Cure1Connect P15 on Devil *Reason2Devil defect Cure2Replace PartMOD08

1.2 Site info: -------------City: Padova Site name: Connectathon Site address: Avenida 12 Department name: X-Ray Phone: 1234321 Modem: Comment: 1.3 Hardware info: -----------------U: 0 - Devil 1.3 rev=? ** RAM: 512 Mbyte

S3

Security Setup HTTP Yes HTTPS No ..............

S13

INFO COUNTER drystar Axys

S4

Network info IP-address 10.233.68.108 Hostname DI53IE2 Netmask 255.255.248.0 ................................... Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex ........................................... link partner : 100HD 10HD autonegotiation Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex Output Queue Retry timeout0 ....................................... Dicom input ........................................ LPD Profiles ............................................. Site info City Site Name Site address Country code Department name Phone Modem Comment Installation Date InfoCounters Last error codes ESC ...................................... Errors/Warnings Name Total Relative Date of last ESC1F Local SSL trusted certificate wi...4848Apr-27-2004 15:52:24 ..............................................

______________ Power supply state DC 5 Volts 4.96875 V DC 3 Volts 3.2714844 V DC +12 Volts 12.007315 V DC -12 Volts -12.014129 V DC 24 Volts 24.173584 V DC TH Volts 0 V DC TH Amps 0.0 A ______________ Error state Current warnings Current errors ______________ Temperatures Heatsink 52.70407 C Keypad-display 41.5 C Drum-region 36.5 C U-region 52 C Current Max density 310.45212 points ______________ Density meter Dark current Idrange 0: 78 range 1: 78 range 2: 77 Light current I09561, lamp at 75 % ______________ Display Contrast-setting 68 Backlight-setting 50 ______________ Status Blemish heating enabled CDM device enabled Online diagnosis enabled Security disabled ______________ Storage Removable storage not present Removable storage size Removable storage free Fixed (c:) storage size 122 MB (128045056 bytes) Fixed (c:) storage free 0 bytes

S6


S5

FPGAVersion3.0.1 OSVersion ### /portex info Versions : Portex=2004.05 Patch vers: 0 Build date: 13-oct-2004 16:12 Boot date : 17-NOV-2004 17:06:26 Net ID : 10.233.65.97 dry900 Ethernet : 08:00:66:80:44:09

Current Incidents: Current Warnings: Current Defects:

DriverVersionVersion: HW3.12 ; build timestamp : time = 14:36:45,21 ControllerVersion P4D3.03.15 DrystarVersion R1.9 C1 BoardVersion VILIS2.2 M16Version 45

S7

releaseRemoteSession




Chapter 3.7 / 12



DD+DIS033.07E

!CalibrationRestore

HOME

class com.agfa.med.odin.printerserver.CalibrationRestore

Default uppertray Default lowertray Default Profile Default CDM Default DT2 B Default DT2 M Default uppertray

S8

Return to the default filmcalibration values. Current calibration will be copied to a backup. Return to the default filmcalibration values. Current calibration will be copied to a backup. Return to the default TPH profile calibration values. Current values will be copied to a backup. Return to the default CDM calibration values. Current values will be copied to a backup. Return to the default MDM-calibration values. Current values will be copied to a backup. Return to the default MDM-calibration values. Current values will be copied to a backup.

Default lowertray

HOME HELP

Default Profile

Default CDM

Default DT2 B

Default DT2 M

Controller Setup

Reduction icon on image: yes

S9

Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes: Automatically switch to CubicBell: yes Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.35 ( >= 0.1 and <= 10 ) OK Changes require reboot HOME HELP

DICOM Input Setup

S10

Dicom Print S Servers

S10.1

Setup Dicom Print S Servers

see page 14

Dicom Host Profiles A 'Host Profile' defines the print parameters for a specific host (modality). Available Host Profiles: S10.3 see page 15 New View/Edit Remove Clone Import/Export At run-time, profile selection is done based on the incoming 'Calling AE title' and the receiving S server. If no profile is found, the default (site) profile will be used. Edit the default (site) profile

Validate profiles

Input status idle

S10.2

Auto Dicom Configuration

see page 14

Refresh Update profile database Select profile database file to :

Browse ...

new DB




Chapter 3.7 / 13



DD+DIS033.07E

HOME HELP

DICOM Print S Setup

Setup one or more Dicom S servers on this device: One 'Dicom Print S server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom print associations

S10.1

Dicom Print S Internal Name: DEFAULT_S Called AE title: DSAXYS Listen at Port: 104 Max. allowed associations: 10 Secure channel (SSL): Comments:

OK


HELP

Cancel

Changes require reboot

Site Defaults

These are the default print settings for all Dicom input for which no special 'Host Profile' is made. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input. You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side. Only some parameters can be edited. bottom

Number of Copies: Print Priority: Polarity:

c d fe g

c d fe g

S10.2

1 LOW normal

portrait Film Orientation: NO Trim: Film Size ID: Medium Type: Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not ed: YES NO Print even if Application type not ed: Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100 Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,smoothFactor: -0.7 Kernel: Magn: max Magnification: disabled Decimate/Crop behaviour: ratio: 1.0 / 1.0 Pixel Size: kanamori Perception LUT: 0 Kanamori Like value: Custom value: 2000 Illumination (cd/m2): 10 Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): BLACK Border Density (OD x100): BLACK Empty Image Density (OD x100): Minimum Density (OD x100): 320 Maximum Density (OD x100): Header Annotation none Edit Custom None Contents: Edit Custom Courier 12 Font: Footer Annotation none Edit Custom None Contents: Edit Custom Courier 12 Font: Window (%): Level (%): r0 Image Orientation: 0 Conformance/Status Level: OFF N-EVENTs enabled: NO Mammo: NO Mammo CWR Rotation: 0 Association Timeout (s): 0 Image Timeout (s): Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: Resolution: ed SOP classes: Early processing allowed: LR like:

Ok

true true 508 All enabled YES off

Cancel




Chapter 3.7 / 14



DD+DIS033.07E

HELP


These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host (modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input. You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side.

S10.3

Nick Name: Name XYZ Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE Use this profile only for local S server: all Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change Number of Copies: Print Priority: low Polarity: normal Film Orientation: portrait Trim: no Film Size ID: Medium Type: Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not ed: yes Print even if Application type not ed: no Kernel: site Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes, Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7 Decimate/Crop behaviour : disabled Pixel Size: Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0 Perception LUT: kanamori Kanamori Like value: Custom value: Illumination (cd/m2): Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): Border Density (OD x100): Empty Image Density (OD x100): Minimum Density (OD x100): Maximum Density (OD x100): site 300 Header Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Footer Annotation: Contents: none Edit Custom Font: site Edit Custom Window (%): Level (%): Image Orientation: r0 Conformance/Status Level: 0 Nevent enabled: off site Mammo modality: site Mammo CWR Rotation: NO Association Timeout (s): Image Timeout (s): Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: Resolution: 508 ed SOP classes: Edit LR like: off OK Cancel Show Defaults

Show last Input

Manually customized items are show in red The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.



Chapter 3.7 / 15



DD+DIS033.07E

HOME HELP

LPD Setup

LPD Servers

S11

LPD Server Setup New View/Edit Remove Clone Layout Preview

S11.1 S11.2

Validate All Profiles

HOME HELP

LPD Server Setup

LPD Server

S11.1

Port: 515 Clear it to remove the LPD Server Max allowed associations: 10 Activate at startup: Secure channel: Comments:

OK

HELP

Create new LPD Server

Cancel

Changes require reboot

LPD Profile: Name XYZ

These settings can be overruled by the LPD protocol. You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the front.

S11.2

Profile Name: Name XYZ Medium Size: _14x17 Medium Type: bluebased Layout: Optimal Row Number of copies: Film Orientation: portrait Region Of Interest: Edit Pixel Size: ratio: Edit Polarity: normal Image Orientation: r0 Input LUT: Edit taste Gray: Edit taste Color: Edit Edit Magnification: Edit Kernel: Edit Trim: Edit Background Color: Grayscale Edit Empty Color: Gray: Grayscale PostScript Requested page size: Width: Height: PostScript policy: pagesizeDependent Resolution: 320 Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): Annotation 1: Edit Annotation 2: Edit OK Cancel Factory Defaults Customized items are show in red.




Chapter 3.7 / 16



DD+DIS033.07E

HOME HELP Basic IP

S12

Network Configuration

Routing

DNS

Ethernet

Reboot Device

Basic IP settings IP address Host name Domain Subnetmask

S12.3 S12.2 S12.1

Obtain IP settings automatically (RARP/BOOTP/DH) no OK Changes require reboot HOME HELP Basic IP


Routing

DNS

Ethernet

Reboot Device

Routing Default gateway

S12.1

OK Changes require reboot More Routes Reach Device

via gateway:

OK Changes require reboot Test Routes Ping a device HOME HELP Basic IP

Ping Network Configuration

Routing

DNS

Ethernet

Reboot Device

S12.2

DNS servers

A DNS server translates a given hostname into an IP address.

Remove Add Changes require reboot Test DNS Enter a hostname: HOME HELP Basic IP

Resolve


Routing

DNS

Ethernet

Reboot Device

S12.3

Ethernet Current line properties: 100 Mbit Full-Duplex Link partner (other side): : 100FD 100HD 10FD 10HD autonegotiation Ethernet (MAC) address: 08:00:66:80:44:09 Setup: Type: UTP MII address: Auto negotiation, capabilities: 10 MBit Half Duplex 10 MBit Full Duplex 100 MBit Half Duplex 100 MBit Full Duplex Fixed (no negotiation) Mbit HALF DUPLEX 10

Counters: Total Rx Packets = 2056422 Total Rx ERROR Packets = 0 Total Tx Packets = 196164 Defer Xmission Count =0 Carrier Lost Count =0 Out Of Window Collissions = 0 Collisions Count =0 Excess Collisions Count = 0 Transmit FIFO underrun = 0 Receive FIFO overrun =0

Warning: changes become active immediately !!! Save settings to file (only enable this after a test) OK

Factory Defaults

Clear Counters




Chapter 3.7 / 17



DD+DIS033.07E

HOME HELP

Output Queue

Output Queue contents: Filter on

S13

all

Show History

Clear History

Auto-Refresh

Input state:

Output Queue setup: Retry timeout (seconds) Max retry count

range: 31..599 (0 = retry forever)

Submit HOME HELP

Logging

Current Log File

S14

Show Log file Set Log Levels

TaskLog Level ERROR NipOpImage ERROR DCMPrintToPrintJob PrintJobHandler ERROR ColorConvertOpImage ERROR PAGE ERROR DCMIBCodec ERROR DrawableRI ERROR ComposeOpImage ERROR CropOpImage ERROR TiledImage ERROR CMM ERROR LPD ERROR BorderOpImage ERROR PrintQueueEditor ERROR JobQueue ERROR JobProvider ERROR NipOpImage2 ERROR AuthenticationManager ERROR QueueFactory ERROR VolatileTiledImage ERROR PrintQueue_Management ERROR XML ERROR TranslateOpImage ERROR PFE ERROR PSCodec ERROR FontRI ERROR MfxPrinterInfoHandler ERROR Raster ERROR OverlayOpImage ERROR CFG ERROR DCMPrintS-0 ERROR FontCache ERROR

NipOpImage implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation. DCMPrintToPrintJob converts Dicom Printjob into printqueue job PrintJobHandler is listener for jobavailable events and converts the available jobs in a bitmap for ColorConvertOpImage implements the conversion from one ColorSpace to another 'Page' calculates the position of imageboxes in a page ComposeOpImage implements the operation to Compose multiple source images into one image CropOpImage creates a new image out of the region of interest of the source image. TiledImage transfers images to/from disk CMM (Color Management Module) converts image data from one colorspace to another and Line Printer Daemon : A group of hosts requests services from a LPD running on a host. The BorderOpImage implements the border operation (e.g. trim) This is the UI component of the printqueue (browser & keypad) Non Persistent Queue. (Version : 2.03) JobProvider is a printqueue consumer that publishes available jobs to the subscribers. implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation. Secure Access Management: Authentication Manager for accessing URLs and keypad menus Starts the requested (or available) queue. (Version : 2.01) Version 1.03 : Monitors the printqueue. Arrange communication between printqueue and several The Printer Front End receives printjobs from a network (DICOM LPD) or any proprietary interface PSCodec (de)codes postscript/pdf files Mfx is an Agfa communication protocol to interchange printer status messages OverlayOpImage implements the operation to put an overlay above the source image. CFG handles configuration issues such as profiles, browser GUI, ... Dicom Print Service Class Provider on port 104 for DS5300 application.Handles incoming Dicom

Configure the Logger NO Log to Console NO Log to File Max number of log directories to keep Max number of log pages (files) per directory Timestamp in date format YES Add timestamp to console loggings NO Logging to Plog logbox at level Submit

Factory Defaults




Chapter 3.7 / 18



DD+DIS033.07E




Chapter 3.7 / 19



DD+DIS033.07E


Operator tools Key-operator tools Service engineer tools

Prompt Enter mega ******

Specialist tools OK

Cancel

Security Tools HELP Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SERVICE TOOLS HOME

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session Reboot Drystar Reset Calibration Data Connectivity tools Scaling Setup DICOM profile editor LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Controller logging Module repair Modules

1


Service - Show settings 1. General 2. Input tray 3. Network (DICOM) 4. Image quality 5. Logical Printers 6. Installed datasets Go back

3

Service - Main 1. Show settings 2. Change settings 3. Print image 4. Save configuration 5. Restore config. 6. Calibration 7. Service actions 8. Quality Control 9. Installation leave remote session

2

Go back

see page 21

see page 23


Service - Change settings 1. General 2. Input tray 3. Network (DICOM) 4. Image quality

2.1 2.2

see page 23

2.3 2.4

Go back



Service - Print Image 1. Test Image 2. From Printer Flash Card 3. From Remote Computer

see page 20

Service - Print image 1. LinCheck.zip 2 .STI1.zip 3. STI2.zip 4. medicalimage.zip Go back




Chapter 3.7 / 20



DD+DIS033.07E

4

5



Service - Restore configuration

Service - Save configuration 1. General 2. Network only

1. General 2. Network only

Go back

6

Go back

7



Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Thermal Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart Profile Calibration

Service - Service actions 1. Error Messages 2. Warning Messages 3. Repair History 4. Maintenance 5. Logging 6: Resistor Check

Go back

8

Go back


Service - Quality Control 1. Start Quality Control procedure 2. Edit additional data for last QC Go back


Service - Service actions Active Reset Item

Maintenance Action

Cycles Factory to go settings

Thermal head cleaning required

5000

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Replace thermal head anti dust filter

25000

25000

25000

Y N

Y N

Replace thermal head (end of life)

62500

62500

62500

Y N

Y N

Film calibration upper tray required

4898

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Film calibration lower tray required

5000

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Service maintenance required

5000

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Accept Changes

Discard Changes

Current settings

Reset Values




Chapter 3.7 / 21



DD+DIS033.07E

2.1


Service - Change general settings Date: 19 2004 Oct. Time: 08 00 30

2.3

Service - Change network settings (dicom) 1. Network settings 2. Remove modality 3. Add modality

Language English Chinese Simpl. Japanese Beep on empty tray 5 beeps Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50


Go back Typical 68 Welcome to this DryStar AXYS printer

* Site name * Site address * City * Country * Country code (tel) * Telephone Remote Connection * Department * person E-mail address Comments

Service - Change network settings (dicom) DSAXYS ds5300

Printer AE-title Hostname Domain name Printer IP-Address Netmask Router IP-address


2.2



12.10.68.41 255.0.0.0


2.4


Service - Change Image quality settings

If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning printing with Dmax = 2.00 printing not possible

1. General 2. Modality XYZ Go back


Tag film type


DT2B

Lower input tray

Service - Change Image quality settings

Normal Back Tag film format 14x17" Film view

Tag film type

Default film calibration off on

DT2B


Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310 Default A-sharp-TMML


off on

Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values Service - Change Image quality settings Select frequency Every 5 packs Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values




Chapter 3.7 / 22



DD+DIS033.07E

9

9.1

Welcome to this DryStar 5302 printer

Service - Installation


Service - Installation Software Upgrade

1. New Software Installation 2. Printer Installation Wizard 3. Install Site Data

1. New Software Installation 2. Printer Installation 3. Install Site Data

Go back

Go back



Service - Installation Before install. please make backup

Service - Installation


Go Back

Browse ..... Reset Values

1. OK, make backup 2. SKIP backup Go back




Chapter 3.7 / 23


This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.

Chapter 3.8

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

Software Releases and Patches


DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367 /100/300

►

Purpose of this document This document lists all customer released software versions with their features, limitations and known problems.

►


Release Date


1.6

02-2015

Added software versions 3.0.0_C1, 3.1.0_C1 and 3.1.1_C1. Refer to sections 11, 12 and 13.

►


Title

DD+DIS005.15E

DRYSTAR AXYS SB25: Software patch 3.1.1_C1 available to a special DICOM print application



Document Node ID: 14349015 eq_03-8_release-patch_e_template_v08



Repair and Service Software Releases and Patches

DD+DIS033.07E

►

Manufacturer Agfa HealthCare N.V. Published by Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München Copyright  2015 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium, or its s. All other trademarks mentioned in this document are held by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or the respective owners and are used in an editorial fashion with no intention of infringement. Nothing contained in this legal notice nor in any text in this document shall be construed as granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or right to use any of the trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos appearing in this document without the express prior written consent of their respective owner.


Read the "Generic Safety Directions" prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the equipment. Agfa Portal via Internet. Agfa Intranet / Refer to Document ID 11849633,

(2)


IMPORTANT: The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare N.V or one of its s or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or one of its s to provide such services.





DD+DIS033.07E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

2

SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.6.0_C1 ............................................................................................5 1.1

ed Features ..................................................................................................................5

1.2

Limitations .................................................................................................................................5

1.3

Known Software Issues ............................................................................................................6

SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.1_C1 ..............................................................................................7 2.1

3

4

SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.2_C1 ..............................................................................................9 3.1

Solved Issues............................................................................................................................9

3.2

New Features..........................................................................................................................10

3.2.1

New Feature: Compliance Film Calibration ............................................................................11

3.2.2

New Feature: Activation of a new 10x12” Layout for GE Modalities ......................................12

3.2.3

New Feature: Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags..........................................13

SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.3_C1 ............................................................................................13 4.1

5

6

5.1

New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2.......................................................................................14

5.2

Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2.........................................................................................15

5.3

Known Software Issue ............................................................................................................15

SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.0.0_C3 ..........................................................................................16

Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1.......................................................................................19

SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.3.0_C2 ..........................................................................................20 10.1

11

Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3.......................................................................................18


10

New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2 ........................................................................................17


9

New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3 ........................................................................................16


8

Solved Issue............................................................................................................................13

SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.0.0_C2 ..........................................................................................14

6.1

7

Solved Software Issues ............................................................................................................7

Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2........................................................21

SOFTWARE RELEASE 3.0.0_C1 ..........................................................................................21 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS033.07E

12

11.1

New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1.......................................................................................21

11.2



13



SOFTWARE PATCH 3.1.1_C1...............................................................................................23 13.1

Solved Issues with Software Patch 3.1.1_C1 .........................................................................24






DD+DIS033.07E

1

1.1

Software Release 1.6.0_C1 Type of new Software

1st customer release

Release Date

10/2007

Printer Serial Numbers

 SN1024

Availability

On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be ed.

Prerequisites

None

ed Features All features as specified:   

1.2

Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a resolution of 508dpi Printing on Drystar DT2B, DT2C and DT2 Mammo blue base films ed film sizes: o DT2B / DT2C: 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" o DT2 Mammo: 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"

Limitations Software 1.6.0_C1 has following limitations:  

Only one module/spare part replacement per start-up allowed Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher can be used to access the printer browser pages






DD+DIS033.07E

1.3

Known Software Issues Software 1.6.0_C1 has following known issues:    

Mammo test image has to be copied to D: drive before it is available for printing on DT2 Mammo blue base films. Details see chapter 3.2, Tools and Auxiliary means. In very rare cases it is possible, that a false error message "MOD08 - please replace module" is shown (MOD08 is the Devil U) after start-up of the printer. A reset of the printer solves the problem. The operator browser menu does not allow to delete images or set into emergency status. It is possible however to delete print jobs in the operator menu of the local keypad (refer to Drystar Axys manual). For TH profile calibration on a mammo printer a TH profile calibration film is printed with too high density (approx. 2.0 O.D. instead of 1.2 O.D.). Entering these higher values in the TH profile calibration browser screen is not possible, as they exceed the upper limit. Using a Drystar DT2B or DT2C film allows to perform the TH profile calibration properly.






DD+DIS033.07E

2

Software Update 1.6.1_C1 Type of new Software*

Software Update

Release Date

03/2008


SN  1188

Availability


Prerequisites

None

*NOTE: A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an internal change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor improvements to performance without changing the software's basic design, structure or functionality.

2.1

Solved Software Issues With software update 1.6.1_C1 following software issues are solved:

Symptom 1

Cause

Sporadic input film jams for films from the upper tray, mainly 14” films: 

Error message at the local display:



Error message in the infocounter:

Film jam! Open upper input tray and clear film path. HC314003

The force for driving the film towards the thermal head is sporadically too low.





DD+DIS033.07E

Solution


Install "upper pickup modification kit", spare part number*: CM+3617030. It contains: 1. Modified latches which open and close the rollers for moving the film towards the thermal head:  Reinforced holders for the axle  More clearance for the axle which is moved by the latches (before: ± 0.25 mm, now ± 1 mm) 2. Stronger springs at the upper pickup rollers. These springs define the friction between rollers and film. 3. Software update 1.6.1_C1 with optimised film pick-up timing * The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.

NOTE: Upper pickup modification kit, CM+3617030 can be used for Drystar Axys and Drystar 5302.

Symptom 2

When printing calibration films (Film calibration; Internal Densitometer Calibration; Thermal Print Head Calibration) the printer makes a strange noise. The noise depends on the type of Thermal Head (Kyocera / Toshiba) and the film batch.

Cause

Resonances inside the printer, appearing sporadically at low density printing

Solution

Software Update 1.6.1_C1 has different calibration patterns implemented to avoid sporadic resonances. Example for film calibration film see Figure 1.

Figure 1






DD+DIS033.07E

3


Software Update

Release Date

06/2008


1063, 1064, 1161, 1173, 1176, 1177, 1178, 1218, 1224, 1235, 1236, 1238, 1239, 1240, 1241, 1243 to 1278, 1280, 1281, 1282, 1284, 1342, 1345, 1347, 1348, 1349, 1358, 1361 to 1419, 1421, 1422

Availability


Prerequisites

None

*Note: A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an internal change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor improvements to performance without changing the software's basic design, structure or functionality.

3.1

Solved Issues In Software Update 1.6.2_C1 following software issues are solved:

Symptom 1

When overlapping the two Mammo films at the lightbox, there is too much dazzling light between the two films, as the clear border at the chest wall side is too large.

Cause

Mechanical limitations on the leading edge

Solution

In software 1.6.2_C1 the transparent border is minimal for the following host profile settings:  

Mammo CWR Rotation = YES Rotation = r180

In this case the chest wall is always printed at the trailing edge: The clear border between the two films at the lightbox is very small and may vary depending on film size and drum temperature.






DD+DIS033.07E

NOTE: To have minimal clear borders at other mammography printers (DRYSTAR 550X; DRYSTAR 4500 M), it is not required to set host profile parameter “Rotation” to “r180”. There it is sufficient to set parameters “Mammo CWR rotation” to “YES”. Symptom 2

After adding some modalities via browser key-operator menu it is not possible to print DICOM images. Following modalities are affected:    

Phillips MXVIEW Phillips MX8000 Fuji ADR series Fuji Eyepix

Adding these modalities manually via DICOM host profile does not give any problem.

Cause

Software problem in software < 1.6.2_C1

3.2

New Features Software update 1.6.2_C1 contains following new features: 

Compliance film calibration. Details see 3.2.1.



Activation of a new 10x12” layout for GE Modalities via Browser Service Menu. Details see 3.2.2.



Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags. Details see 3.2.3.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2.1

New Feature: Compliance Film Calibration    

With software < 1.6.2_C1 the printer does not always the acceptance procedure as defined by Afssaps / EUREF: The film calibration is not necessarily accurate enough. The “compliance film calibration” may be required as a last step of an acceptance procedure that meets the special criteria set by Afssaps / EUREF. It can be executed via new browser menu “Service Engineer Tools – Enter Service command session – 6 Calibration – 6 Compliance Film Calibration”. For details refer to Technical Documentation Drystar Axys, DD+DIS033.07E, Adjustments and Calibrations, edition 1, revision 1 (and higher revisions).



Compliance film calibration 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Film calibration Internal densitometer calibration Thermal print head calibration Horizontal alignment Smart profile calibration Compliance film calibration

Go back

This page is generated on 21-05-2008 12:33:33

Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values 0.16 0.33 01 0.33 00 0.16 0.49 0.66 02 0.49 03 0.66 0.83 0.99 04 0.83 05 0.99 1.16 1.33 06 1.16 07 1.33 1.50 1.66 08 1.50 09 1.66 1.83 2.00 10 1.83 11 2.00 2.16 2.33 12 2.16 13 2.33 2.50 2.66 14 2.50 15 2.66 2.83 3.00 16 2.83 17 3.00 Start calibration

Go back

Reset values

This page is generated on 22-05-2008 08:46:20 5367_SIB04_01.CDR

Figure 2






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2.2

New Feature: Activation of a new 10x12” Layout for GE Modalities

New Feature

 

 

For some GE modalities, e.g. GE Senographe Advantage WS, the sent image is slightly too large compared to the pixel matrix of the 10x12” film. In order to achieve true size accuracy lower than 4 % (GE specifications) on 10x12” films it is necessary to install a specific GE Mammography layout. This increases the printable area in the 12” direction of the film from 5810 to 5890 pixels (approx. 4 mm). This layout should only be installed if advised via corresponding Connectivity Release Document: If installed, it is active for all other modalities, too. It is installed via browser menu service tools “GE Mammo layout installation”. See Figure 3.


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session Reboot Drystar Reset Calibration data Connectivity tools Scaling Setup DICOM profile editor LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Licenses GE Mammo layout installation Controller logging Module repair Modules

GE Mammo layout inst a lla t ion

H OM E

G E Mammo layout installation install

uninstall

changes require a reboot

Figure 3

NOTE: The GE Mammo layout installation in software 1.6.2_C1 only works with Internet Explorer < 7.






DD+DIS033.07E

3.2.3

New Feature: Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags

New Feature



Currently the RF-Tags of the film packages have their information stored in a non-ISO format.



To be prepared for future changes of the RF tags (new format as defined by ISO) software ≥ 1.6.2_C1 already accepts ISO RF tags.



More information will follow, when film production switches to ISO RF Tags. Figure 4

4


Software Update

Release Date

07/2008


 SN 1423 plus 1420

Availability


Prerequisites

None


4.1

Solved Issue In software 1.6.2_C1 the “GE Mammo layout installation” browser screen only works with Internet Explorer 5.5 and 6. In software 1.6.3_C1 it also works with Internet Explorer 7.






DD+DIS033.07E

5

Software Release 2.0.0_C2 Type of new Software*

Software Upgrade

Release Date

07/2009


≥ SN 2250 plus 2154, 2214, 2164, 2241, 2212, 2213

Availability


Prerequisites

None


5.1

New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2 Software 2.0.0_C2 contains following new features:   

Software s both printers, DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS. Improved RF-tag locking mechanism (identical to RF-tag locking mechanism of DRYSTAR 550X software 6.0) of “Compliance film calibration” which may be required to the Afssaps / EUREF* acceptance test. For DRYSTAR AXYS this feature was available already as of software 1.6.3_C1, however only for Mammo printing. Now it is available also for non-mammography applications for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS. *Afssaps = EUREF =



Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and Diagnostic Services

Extended operating System and Browser Compatibility of the Operator, KeyOperator and Service Browser Pages. ed operating systems: - Windows 2000 - Windows XP - Windows Vista ed browsers: - Internet Explorer 6, 7 and 8 - Firefox 3






DD+DIS033.07E

5.2

Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2

Symptom

Sporadically the printer stops boot-up with message “Error System Failure”:   

When pressing the ON/OFF switch the printer cannot be switched off. Access via network is not possible (to reboot remotely). After unplugging and reconnecting the mains cable the printer usually starts up normally.

Cause

U Driver problem

Solution

Install software 2.0.0_C2 to prevent the problem.

5.3

Known Software Issue

Symptom

problems with the Firefox browser: In some cases the to the service web pages has to be repeated three times, until is successful.

Cause

Incompatibility with script and Firefox browser in certain cases

Solution

Repeat the up to three times until it is successful.






DD+DIS033.07E

6


Software Upgrade

Release Date

09/2009


≥ SN 2435 plus SN 2361

Availability


Prerequisites

None

*NOTE: A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an internal change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor improvements to performance without changing the software's basic design, structure or functionality. NOTE: As of Software 2.0.0_C2 DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS use the same software.

6.1

New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3 Compared to software 2.0.0_C2 the RF tag locking mechanism is further improved. This s a reliable detection of falsely inserted films.






DD+DIS033.07E

7


Software Upgrade

Release Date

10/2010


≥ SN 3436*

Availability


Prerequisites

None

* SNs of additional DRYSTAR AXYS printers with SW 2.1.0_C2 ex factory: 3177, 3394, 3396, 3397, 3400, 3401, 3404, 3405, 3407, 3409, 3410, 3411, 3413, 3414, 3415, 3416, 3420, 3421, 3423, 3424, 3425, 3427, 3428, 3430, 3431, 3432, 3433, 3435


7.1

New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2 Software 2.1.0_C2 s new hardware (Devius module, Tyndal module, SATA hard disk) for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS, which was introduced in Q IV 2010.  Software 2.1.0_C2 is downwards compatible, so it also s the actual hardware (Devil module, Themis/Thanos module, SCSI hard disk). It replaces software 2.0.0_C3.  The new software has no other new features except of new hardware.






DD+DIS033.07E

8


Software Update

Release Date

02/2011


SN ≥ 3949 plus SN 3938

Availability


Prerequisites

None


8.1

Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3 By installing software 2.1.0_C3, the Devius board is re-programmed to revision 9. This is a solution for the warning message “RF Tag Problem” after 10 printed films of a new film pack. For details see DRYSTAR AXYS SB 15 / DRYSTAR 5302 SB 20, Software 2.1.0_C3 available to solve Warning Message “RF Tag Problem“ after 10 printed Films of a new Film Pack, DD+DIS037.11E (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).






DD+DIS033.07E

9


Software Upgrade

Release Date

07/2011


SN ≥ 4515 and additionally in SN 4425, 4456, 4471, 4473, 4478

Availability


Prerequisites

None


9.1

Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1 

After changing the Key-Operator language at printers with software 2.1.0_C3, the printer boot-up hangs with message “Please wait - self test proceeding”.



RF Tag Reading Problems at Printers with Stronglink RF Tag Readers in Combination with ISO RF Tags. For details to these two software issues refer to DRYSTAR AXYS SB 18 / DRYSTAR 5302 SB 23, Software 2.2.0_C1 available to solve Hang-up after Changing Key-Operator Language and RF Tag Reading Problems, Document ID 33559755 (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).






DD+DIS033.07E

Additionally following minor software issues are solved:     

10

With software < 2.2.0_C1 the sporadic error message W306015 (CDM intensity is unstable) appears. Sporadic "Error System Failure" of certain combinations of RAM and Tyndall modules . When booted with a tray open, the printer cannot read an ISO RF tag. During regular software installation the "Chinese traditional" translation file does not get unpacked. After quality control sporadically the (wrong) density values "0.00" are displayed. When saving the quality control result the correct values are stored.


Software Upgrade

Release Date

06/2012


SN ≥ 5971 and additionally in SN 5785, 5834, 5849, 5854, 5855, 5908

Availability

Agfa HealthCare Library

Prerequisites

None







DD+DIS033.07E

10.1

11

Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2 

Improved handling of empty tray situations during automatic film calibration.



Site data extended from 32 to 64 characters per entry.


Software Upgrade

Release Date

10/2013


SN ≥ 7490 and additionally in SN 7047, 7104, 7430

Availability


Prerequisites

None


11.1

New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1 

of additional printer subtypes 5366/300 (SN ≥ 2001) and 5367/300 (SN ≥ 1001).






DD+DIS033.07E

11.2

12


Corrected a wrong cure in the list of errors for HC305002. Cure 5 previously mentioned to replace “Mod 04” (Lower Pickup Module) instead of “Mod 05” (Thermal Head).



Corrected hang-up of Firefox browser, if the set a DICOM job in the operator menu from a normal to an emergency print job.



Corrected software issue at remote emergency software installation without preserving data, that network settings were not reset to default.



Added the missing wedge test image to the sets of test images for DRYSTAR 5302. The wedge test image is available for DRYSTAR AXYS since software 2.0.0_C1.



Added the missing printer check when trying to install a DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS software via remote emergency installation at DRYSTAR 550X or DRYSTAR 4500. Now it is not possible anymore to install software on another printer than DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS.



Solved software issue during printer setup, that entering character (`) during modality AE title setup issues an Java error instead of an “invalid character” error.



Solved the issue that an extra language dataset LNG 2.00A01 is installed during the 2.3.0_C2 software installation, when installing the software via remote emergency software installation without preserving data.


Software Upgrade

Release Date

11/2014


DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 SN ≥ 9.050 DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300 SN ≥ 1.029

Availability


Prerequisites

None






DD+DIS033.07E


12.1

13


Several minor bugfixes in service functions, e.g. improved "Remote Emergency Software Installation”.



Automatic re-flashing of Stronglink tag readers, if the tag reader is recognized as “non-functional” during boot-up. In previous software versions the tag reader needed to be replaced to solve the issue.



Several minor bugfixes in printer operation.



Several improvements for production.

Software Patch 3.1.1_C1 Type of new Software*

Software Update

Release Date

12/2014


DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 SN ≥ 9359 and additionally in SN 9193 DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300 SN ≥ 1034

Availability


Prerequisites

Software 3.1.0_C1





DD+DIS033.07E



13.1

Solved Issues with Software Patch 3.1.1_C1

Symptom

At printers that are connected to a third party DICOM device called "Kiosk" frequent DICOM errors appear during printing or the print job is aborted. NOTE: The Kiosk application periodically polls the printer to get its status. It informs the by a red light in case of printer issues like empty film tray or film jam.

Cause

Solution

DICOM connectivity issue. Install software patch 3.1.1_C1, on top of software 3.1.0_C1.





Chapter 3.9

HEALTHCARE

Repair and Service

Imaging Services

FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions



The Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) are integrated in the troubleshooting guide. Refer to chapter 3.3 of this service manual.


10-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14349767



HEALTHCARE

Chapter 4

Reference and Circuit Diagrams

Imaging Services



►

Purpose of this document This document contains:

►

►



Reference diagrams for identification and location of assemblies inside the machine including an alphanumeric reference list



Wiring diagrams


Release Date

1.2

03-2011




Added new hardware “Devius PCB, Tyndall U, DDR2 RAM and SATA Hard disk” in the reference diagram. See section 1.



Added new main wiring diagram for Devius PCB. See section 2, page 2.


Title

DD+DIS341.10E

DRYSTAR AXYS SIB13, New Hardware (Devius / Tyndall / RAM) and new Type of Hard Disk (SATA) introduced

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.


Document Node ID: 14348693 eq_04_diagrams_e_template_v06



DD+DIS033.07E

►




Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document (see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the equipment.

(2)


NOTE: To the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the Document Type ‘Order List’ in the Agfa HealthCare library.





DD+DIS033.07E


LIST OF CONTENTS

1

2

REFERENCE DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................................4 1.1

Components Location ...............................................................................................................4

1.2

List of Components ...................................................................................................................7

WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................9





DD+DIS033.07E


1

Reference Diagrams

1.1

Components Location CDM LED Board

S6 CDM M4 S5

M5

S10

S13 S4 S 1 in upper tray S2 in lower tray S11

M1 S24

S9

S12

RF1 in Lower Tray RF2 in Upper Tray

536704aa_1.cdr

Figure 1





DD+DIS033.07E


S14 / S15 in Upper pickup tray S16 / S17 in Lower pickup tray M6 in Upper pickup tray M7 in Lower pickup tray

S6

M4 S8

F1

S18/S19 in Upper /Lower pickup tray

S7

S21 S22 M3

M2

V2 V1 M9

M8 S3

F2

SCSI / SATA Hard Disk*

536704aa_3.cdr

*Devius / Tyndall / DDR2 RAM / SATA hard disk introduced for: SN 3177, SN 3180, SN 3494 to SN 3537, SN 3539, SN 3574, SN ≥ 3672 Figure 2





DD+DIS033.07E


Devil*

Devius*

OSB

Power Supply

TPH Thanos*

Tyndall*

Key6

RAM* *Devius / Tyndall / DDR2 RAM / SATA hard disk introduced for: SN 3177, SN 3180, SN 3494 to SN 3537, SN 3539, SN 3574, SN ≥ 3672

DDR2 RAM* 536704aa_2.cdr

Figure 3





DD+DIS033.07E

1.2


List of Components Component

Name

Refer to

CDM

less Densitometer PCB

Figure 1

cdmLED

Densitometer LED PCB

Figure 1

Devil PCB or Devius PCB

Control Board: Input/Output and film control

Figure 3

E1

E label Devil U

--

E2

E label Output Module

--

E3

E label Lower Pickup Module

--

E4

E label Power Supply

--

E5

E label TPH module

--

E6

E label 6 Display Module

--

E7

E label 7 Upper Pickup Module

--

F1

Thermal Head fan

Figure 2

F2

U cooling fan (E-box)

Figure 2

Hard disk Drive

Hard disk Drive 73 GB (or more)

Figure 2

KEY6 PCB

Keypad module

Figure 3

M1

Drum motor

Figure 1

M2

Cam drive motor

Figure 2

M3

Suspension drive motor

Figure 2

M4

Output rollers motor

Figure 1

M5

CDM Motor

Figure 1

M6

Upper Pickup motor

Figure 2

M7

Lower Pickup motor

Figure 2

M8

Gear Box motor

Figure 2

M9

Vacuum pump

Figure 2

OSB

Switch Board for TH resistors

Figure 3

Power Supply

Power Supply

Figure 3

RAM / DDR2 RAM

RAM

Figure 3

RF1

RF tag reader lower tray

Figure 1

RF2

RF tag reader upper tray

Figure 1





DD+DIS033.07E


Component

Name

Refer to

S1

Upper magazine empty detection

Figure 1

S2

Lower magazine empty detection

Figure 1

S3

Transport roller open detection

Figure 2

S4

Input Sensor TPH

Figure 1

S5

Output sensor TPH

Figure 1

S6

Output rollers home position

Figure 1

S7

TPH home position

Figure 2

S8

Top cover closed detection

Figure 2

S9

Print drum drive rotation detection

Figure 1

S10

Densitometer home position

Figure 1

S11

Take over ed detection

Figure 1

S12

Overheat sensor

Figure 1

S13

Input sensor TPH

Figure 1

S14

Upper pickup home position

Figure 2

S15

Upper pickup pickup position

Figure 2

S16

Lower pickup home position

Figure 2

S17

Lower pickup pickup position

Figure 2

S18

Upper pickup ed position

Figure 2

S19

Lower pickup ed position

Figure 2

S21

10" suspension position

Figure 2

S22


Figure 2

S24

Take over ed detection

Figure 1

Thanos PCB / Tyndall PCB

U board. Keeps Operating System.

Figure 3

TPH

Thermal print head

Figure 1

V1

Vacuum valve lower magazine

Figure 2

V2

Vacuum valve upper magazine

Figure 2





DD+DIS033.07E

2


Wiring Diagrams NOTE: To improve readability on paper, the two main diagrams are split up in 4 pages to be printed on DIN A4: Double-click the attached paper-clip to open and print the diagrams.

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

Page 4

The following circuit diagrams are attached:

#

Description

1

Wiring Diagrams Drystar Axys with Devil PCB: Main Page (Diagram 1/8)

2

Wiring Diagrams Drystar Axys with Devius PCB: Main Page (Diagram 2/8)

3

Wiring Diagram Lower Pickup Assembly (Diagram 3/8)

4

Wiring Diagram Lower Tray Assembly (Diagram 4/8)

5

Wiring Diagram Output Assembly (Diagram 5/8)

6

Wiring Diagram Pump & Valves Assembly (Diagram 6/8)

7

Wiring Diagram Upper Pickup Assembly (Diagram 7/8)

8

Wiring Diagram Upper Tray Assembly (Diagram 8/8)





B

C

D

E

F

THERMAL HEAD MODULE ASSY

X X

*64

1 2

X +TPH

P1

X X

TH/P1

*64 [41] BU64_IDC 64p Extractor

X +TPH

P2

X X

TH/P2

3 2 1

DEV/P43

PS/P3:11 PS/P3:12

X

RD BK

A345385. TH POWER CABLE

BU

X X EE-SX4009-P1 Sensor-S21 1 2 3

DEV/P40:24 DEV/P40:23

B

X X F2 X A344567.0

X +KEY6

P2

*40/40 P337808

M

X X

key/P2

DEV/P8

*40/40 BU40-IDC-1

*40/40 BU40-IDC-1

BU VT

YE BK WH

BU VT BK VT BU RD OG WH BK +XS3aXS3:6 +XS3aXS3:7 +XS3aXS3:10 +XS3aXS3:9 +XS3aXS3:8 +XS3aXS3:13 +XS3aXS3:11 +XS3aXS3:12 +XS3aXS3:14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BU16-90142

5 6

X X

DEV/P9

1 2 3

12V GND -12V GND C_ODM_M_SEL_A_BF C_ODM_M_SEL_B_BF GND C_ODM_I_SEL_A_BF C_ODM_I_SEL_B_BF GND CONN_ODM_COUNT C_ODM_BL_CTRL_BF VCC SDA SCL GND 16pol. 90130 Molex

P9

+XS3aXS3:4 +XS3aXS3:5

+XS3aXS3:1 +XS3aXS3:2 +XS3aXS3:3

VT BK RD VT BK VT BK RD VT BK RD VT BK RD VT BK RD VT BK RD VT BK RD BK BK VT BK

RD BN RD BN +XS2aXS2:9 +XS2aXS2:10 +XS2aXS2:7 +XS2aXS2:8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

*40/40 P333509

DISPLAY CABLE

E-box cooling fan

KEY

.1

DEV/P13 *68/68 ST2x34-AMPLIMITE

A3429150. HDD CABLE

X +DEV1

P13

*68/68 P316661

I/O 2

SCSI

(Cassette) POWER

PS/P2:1 PS/P2:2 PS/P2:3 PS/P2:4 PS/P2:5 PS/P2:6 PS/P2:7 PS/P2:9 PS/P2:10 PS/P2:11 PS/P2:12 PS/P2:13 PS/P2:14 PS/P2:15 BN BK BK BN OG BN GY GY BK BK WH BK OG BK

A344557. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (PS-DEV)

External RS232 Service Port

P18#2

X +DEV1

ETH

External Ethernet Connection

[30]*68 P316661

P17#1

[8] *8 P329731

X +DEV1

X +DEV1

P3

X +DEV1

P15

X X

DEV/P15

YE BK BK RD PS/P1:17 PS/P1:18 PS/P1:6 PS/P1:3 X +Harddisk

ST1

X X

HD

X X

BU1

*68/68 P316661

X +Harddisk

12V 1 GND 2 GND 3 +5V 4 4p disk drive

*68/68 ST2x34-AMPLIMITE

BU55

1 2 3

A340645.0

+XS1aXS1:9 +XS1aXS1:7 +XS1aXS1:8 +XS1aXS1:10

DEV/P20:2 DEV/P20:1 M1:1 M1:4 M1:5 M1:8 F1:1 F1:2 +XS4aXS4:11 +XS4aXS4:13 +XS4aXS4:12

18

M2:4

20

M2:6

22 23 24

M2:5 M2:1 M2:2

26

+XS4aXS4:14

29

+XS1aXS1:6

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 BU40-90142

+XS4aXS4:7 +XS4aXS4:9 +XS4aXS4:10 +XS4aXS4:8 +XS1aXS1:12 +XS1aXS1:13 +XS1aXS1:11 S9:3 S9:2 S9:1

/Lower_pickup.3F

XS4

9 X

/Pump_&_Valves_asm.2E

XS10

VT

BK OG RD WH

X X

DEV/P20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

GND DIG_SENSOR_I12 GND CONN_RFID_TXD_RS CONN_2N791 CONN_RFID_RXD_RS GND C_#RFID_RST_RS GND C_RFIDB_TXD_RS CONN_2N791 C_RFIDB_RXD_RS GND C_#RFIDB_RST_RS GND CONN_XX1 DIG_SENSOR_I25 I_DIG_SENSOR25 VOS A_SPARE2 EL_SDA_LINE0 GND EL_SCL_LINE0 VCC GND EL_SDA_LINE1 VCC EL_SCL_LINE1 DIG_SENSOR_I15 I_DIG_SENSOR15 VOS A_SPARE1 GND CONN_XX3 I_DIG_SENSOR26 DIG_SENSOR_I26 VOS I_DIG_SENSOR27 DIG_SENSOR_I27 VOS 40p 90130 M

BK BK BK GN RD BU RD BU RD BK VT

X

/Pump_&_Valves_asm.4E

XS11 8

OG BU 7 YE RD BK VT

VT OG BK WH RD VT BK RD VT BK RD 6

X X

DEV/P21 1 2 3 4 5 6

DEV/P21:2 DEV/P21:1 +XS9aXS9:4 +XS9aXS9:6 +XS9aXS9:5 +XS9aXS9:7

8 +XS9aXS9:8 9 +XS7aXS7:4, +XS7aXS7:12 10 +XS7aXS7:6 11 +XS7aXS7:5 12 +XS7aXS7:7 14 15 16 17 18 19

+XS7aXS7:8 +XS7aXS7:11 +XS8aXS8:10 +XS8aXS8:5 +XS8aXS8:4 +XS8aXS8:6

29 30 31


BK BK BK WH RD YE

X X X X

BU BK, VT WH RD YE

X

BU BK VT VT BK RD

X

X X

/Upper_tray.4F

X X

X X

5

X X X

/Upper_tray.2F

A344550. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 BU40-90142

+XS9aXS9:11 +XS9aXS9:12 +XS9aXS9:3 +XS9aXS9:2 +XS9aXS9:1 +XS7aXS7:3 +XS7aXS7:2 +XS7aXS7:1

VT BK RD

X X X

BK VT BK VT RD BK VT RD

/Upper_tray.2F /Upper_tray.2F

X X X

X X

4

/Lower_tray.4F

X

CF SLAVE

X

/Upper_tray.4F

External Compact-Flash Card Connection

3

RD RD RD BK BK BK VT BK BU BU BU BK BK BK VT BK YE BK WH BK GN OG X X

PS/P1 P1

X +PS1

1 DEV/P11:1 2 DEV/P11:2 3 HD:4 4 DEV/P11:4 5 DEV/P11:5 6 HD:3 7 DEV/P11:7 8 DEV/P11:8 9 DEV/P11:9 10 DEV/P11:10 11 DEV/P11:11 12 DEV/P11:12 13 DEV/P11:13 14 DEV/P11:14 15 DEV/P11:15 16 DEV/P11:16 17 DEV/P11:17, HD:1 18 DEV/P11:18, HD:2 19 DEV/P11:19 20 DEV/P11:20 21 DEV/P11:21 22 DEV/P11:22 BU22-MINI-FIT-JR

X X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

VCC VCC +5V GND GND GND VPS_5VSENSE VPS_5VSENSEN V33 V33 V33 GND GND GND 3V3SENSE 3V3SENSEN 12V GND -12V GND VPS_1N28 VPS_1N225 P328352

Safety_Ground

U/Power supply control

U/Display power

Output 1: Output 2: Output 3: Output 4: Output 5: Output 6:

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M


OG RD BK WH

2

eLabel pcb Address #4

X +PS1 1/3 2/3 3/3

POWER SUPPLY DS5302 J

1 2 3 4 BU4-51021

appliance_inlet

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

3,3V (+/-5%) 4,5A 5V (+/-5%) 3A - 4A +12V (+/-2%) 1,25A -12V (+/-2%) 0,15A 24V (+/-5%) 4,0A 13 .. 27V (+/-5mV) 300W

IEC 320/C14

C

X X

IFE#4

1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 ST4-MO53261-SMD

X +PS X A5 X

Mains 100V .. 240V 50-60Hz

2 x 15AF

X X PS1 A346995. POWER SUPPLY DS5302 X

X +PS

P1

Do not replace this fuse.1 Replace power supply instead.

11/12 12/12 BU12-MICFITG

Thermal head

1/12 2/12 3/12 4/12 5/12 6/12 7/12 8/12 9/12 10/12 11/12 12/12

A339843.

Do not replace this fuse. Replace power supply instead.

A344554. TPH POWER CABLE

1

X +PS1

P3

13..27V (green) Led on: Output 6 enabled

1/12 2/12 3/12 4/12 5/12 6/12 7/12 8/12

24V (green) Led on: Output 5 OK.

PS/P3

-12V (green) Led on: Output 4 OK.

ASSY GEARBOX (VAL)

X X

X X X Harddisk A350215.0


X X

.1

1/1 RING-TERM-2.5-3.6

GY BK BK WH BK OG BK GNYE 9 DEV/P15:8 10 DEV/P15:9 11 DEV/P15:10 12 DEV/P15:11 13 DEV/P15:12 14 DEV/P15:13 15 DEV/P15:14 16 Safety_Ground:1 BU16-MINI-FIT-JR

BN BK BK BN OG BN GY DEV/P15:1 DEV/P15:2 DEV/P15:3 DEV/P15:4 DEV/P15:5 DEV/P15:6 DEV/P15:7

PS/P2

SCSI HARDDISK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3

P2

1 2 3 BU3-EI-IDC

X +PS1

S3 +XS12bXS12:10 +XS12bXS12:9 +XS12bXS12:8

Transport roller open detection

B

+XS4aXS4:5

31 32 33 34 BU34-90142

X

PS CONTROL CABLE

REM_ONOFF+ REM_ONOFFGND VPS_POW_RESET_OC VPS_SHUTDOWN_ VPS_IL P_24V Prot. earth P_24V GND GND VCC VPS_RXDVPS_TXD+ GND Prot. earth ST16-MINI-FIT-JR

X X EE-SX4009-P1 Sensor-S3

X X

RD BK VT

A

28

GY BN WH BN BU BN RD BK RD BK BU RD WH YE BU RD WH YE RD BU VT

X

SERVICE [10]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

CONTROL

X +DEV1

Key/P3

X X

P11

X X X KEY6 A337163. BL10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

WH

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 BU40-90142

P8

Overtemperature (red) Led on: Overtemperature protection mode.

YE

+XS10bXS10:5 +XS10bXS10:6 +XS10bXS10:3 +XS10bXS10:4 +XS10bXS10:1 +XS10bXS10:2 +XS4aXS4:2 +XS4aXS4:1 +XS1aXS1:2 +XS1aXS1:1 +XS13aXS13:5 +XS13aXS13:4 +XS13aXS13:7 +XS13aXS13:6 +XS12aXS12:1 +XS12aXS12:2 +XS12aXS12:3 +XS12aXS12:4 F2:1 F2:2 +XS1aXS1:14

1 2 3 4

BU

X +DEV1

X +DEV1

P1

GND EL_SDA_LINE1 VCC EL_SCL_LINE1 P_24V SAFETY_OK P_24V JAM_CLEAR DCM_OUTA5 DCM_OUTB5 DCM_OUTA4 DCM_OUTB4 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I8 GND VOS DIG_SENSOR_I5 I_DIG_SENSOR5 DIG_SENSOR_I7 I_DIG_SENSOR7 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I18 I_DIG_SENSOR18 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I17 I_DIG_SENSOR17 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I6 I_DIG_SENSOR6 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I21 I_DIG_SENSOR21 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I4 I_DIG_SENSOR4 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I13 GND DIG_SENSOR_I9 GND 40p 90130 M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

X +DEV1

VCC VCC VCC GND GND GND VPS_5VSENSE VPS_5VSENSEN V33 V33 V33 GND GND GND 3V3SENSE 3V3SENSEN 12V GND -12V GND VPS_1N28 VPS_1N225 22p MiniFit Jr M

1 2 3

A344556.0

X X

X X

X X

2


X

Take over film transport detection

2

We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © AGFA

I/O 1

B

X X +XS12bXS12:1 +XS12bXS12:4 +XS12bXS12:3

Film transport motor

X X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

P21

DEV/P11:17 DEV/P11:18 DEV/P11:3 DEV/P11:6 +XS12bXS12:2

7

P20

I/O 5

YE BK RD BK 5

A347060. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (GEAR BOX)

3

9 11p PH

1 2 3 BU3-EI

GND DIG_SENSOR_I20 STEP_SINA STEP_SINB STEP_COSA STEP_COSB CONN_DC_OUTA1_F DCM_OUTB1 VOS I_DIG_SENSOR1 DIG_SENSOR_I1 GND VCC DCM_ENC4 DCM_OUTB3 DCM_OUTA3 DCM_ENC3 VCC VCC GND GND DCM_ENC2 DCM_OUTA2 DCM_OUTB2 GND DIG_SENSOR_I10 VOS VOS DIG_SENSOR_I19 I_DIG_SENSOR19 EL_SDA_LINE0 GND EL_SCL_LINE0 VCC DIG_SENSOR_I3 I_DIG_SENSOR3 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I16 I_DIG_SENSOR16 VOS 40p 90130 M

X +DEV1


BU RD WH YE BK VT RD VT BK RD BK BK A


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

X +DEV1

X +DEV1

DEV/P11

1 2 3 BU3-EI

I/O 3

LD12 PCI bus status (yellow) FireWire active. LD13 FireWire Link (yellow) LD14 FireWire Cable (yellow) FireWire cable connected. LD15 U BUS Active (yellow) When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM. LD16 CONFIG DONE (red) LD17 .. 20 Software controllable LED's (yellow)

PS/P1:1 1 PS/P1:2 2 Key/P3:3 3 PS/P1:4 4 PS/P1:5 5 Key/P3:4 6 PS/P1:7 7 PS/P1:8 8 PS/P1:9 9 PS/P1:10 10 PS/P1:11 11 PS/P1:12 12 PS/P1:13 13 PS/P1:14 14 PS/P1:15 15 PS/P1:16 16 PS/P1:17, Key/P3:1 17 PS/P1:18, Key/P3:2 18 PS/P1:19 19 PS/P1:20 20 PS/P1:21 21 22 PS/P1:22 BU22-MINI-FIT-JR


Software controllable LED. Software controllable LED. Software controllable LED. When lit, VCC Supply Voltage ok. When lit, 3V3 Supply Voltage ok. When lit, 1V8 Supply Voltage ok. When lit, 1V8 DDR2 Supply Voltage ok. When lit, VCORE Supply Voltage ok. When lit, 1V2 Supply Voltage ok.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

BK BK

A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE)

M

A

FPGA LED1 (yellow) FPGA LED2 (yellow) FPGA LED3 (yellow) VCC (green) 3V3 (green) 1V8 (green) 1V8 DDR2 (green) VCORE (green) 1V2 (green)

DEV/P40:2 DEV/P40:1

RD RD RD BK BK BK VT BK BU BU BU BK BK BK VT BK YE BK WH BK GN OG

7 9 11p PH

LD1 LD2 LD3 LD5 LD6 LD8 LD9 LD10 LD11

1 2 3 4

5

+XS13bXS13:6

LED functions on Thanos

X X

DEV/P40 1 2

I/O 6

X +KEY6

+XS13bXS13:5

+XS13bXS13:7

+XS13aXS13:11

Key6

P3

3

X X KH42KM2-851 Motor-M3 A

+XS12aXS12:12 +XS13aXS13:12

DEVIL 1.6

P42

1 GND 2 DIG_SENSOR_I32 3 GND GND 5 DIG_SENSOR_I33 6 I_DIG_SENSOR33 VOS 8 DIG_SENSOR_I34 I_DIG_SENSOR34 VOS I_DIG_SENSOR35 DIG_SENSOR_I35 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I36 I_DIG_SENSOR36 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I37 I_DIG_SENSOR37 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I38 I_DIG_SENSOR38 VOS GND DIG_SENSOR_I39 I_DIG_SENSOR39 VOS ST26-90130

DEV/P42:2 DEV/P42:1 +XS12aXS12:11

1 2 3

1 2 3 BU3-EI

1 12V 2 GND 3 VCC 4 GND BU4-MICFITG1 P337795

+XS13bXS13:4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

VT

DEV/P42

Print drum drive

BU2-EI ST2-EI 2 2 1 1

BU YE

M3

32 33 BU34-90142

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

A344567.0:2 A344567.0:1

RD

VT BK


S9 DEV/P20:40 DEV/P20:39 DEV/P20:38

OSB/P1:2 OSB/P1:1

X X

X X

RD BK VT

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

P41

GND DIG_SENSOR_I30 GND CONN_XX2 DIG_SENSOR_I29 I_DIG_SENSOR29 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I28 I_DIG_SENSOR28 VOS I_DIG_SENSOR0 DIG_SENSOR_I0 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I2 I_DIG_SENSOR2 VOS SW_FET_STATUS_I CONN_2N641 NET33 GND UP_SPARE3 CONN_2N644 UP_SPARE2 GND DIG_SENSOR_I23 I_DIG_SENSOR23 VOS DIG_SENSOR_I22 I_DIG_SENSOR22 VOS UP_SPARE1 DIG_SENSOR_I14 I_DIG_SENSOR14 VOS ST34-90130

GND DIG_SENSOR_I31 DCM_OUTA12 DCM_OUTB12 DCM_OUTA11 DCM_OUTB11 DCM_OUTA10 DCM_OUTB10 DCM_OUTA9 DCM_OUTB9 DCM_OUTA8 DCM_OUTB8 DCM_OUTA7 DCM_OUTB7 M3_A2 M3_A1 M3_B2 M3_B1 M8_A2 M8_A1 M8_B2 M8_B1 DCM_OUTA6 DCM_OUTB6 DIG_SENSOR_I11 GND VOS DIG_SENSOR_I24 I_DIG_SENSOR24 VOS GND EL_SDA_LINE1 VCC EL_SCL_LINE1 ST34-90130

X X

1 2 3 BU3-EI

X X

A347061. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (SPRING EXT.)

RD BK VT

RD

CDM

X +DEV1

X +DEV1 X Devil1 DEVIL_L.DFB BL5

X X

P40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

F2



X X

B

I/O 4

BU RD


BU RD WH YE BK VT RD VT BK RD BK VT DEV/P40:19 DEV/P40:20 DEV/P40:21 DEV/P40:22 DEV/P41:11 DEV/P41:12 DEV/P41:13 DEV/P41:14 DEV/P41:15 DEV/P41:16 DEV/P42:3 DEV/P42:5

XS12

VT BK

22

OSB/P1:8 +XS4aXS4:6 +XS4aXS4:3 +XS4aXS4:4 +XS1aXS1:5 +XS1aXS1:3 +XS1aXS1:4

RD WH BU

OG YE BU

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ST12-70107

X

8 BU8-5102-N

GN

OSB/P1:7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BU12-70066

XS12

DEV/P20:6

M

YE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

M8:5 M8:3 M8:9 M8:7 S20:2 S20:3 S20:1 S3:3 S3:2 S3:1 +XS12bXS12:12 +XS12bXS12:11

X +XS12b

4 5

BK

BK VT BK RD VT BK RD

BK BK BK

SPRING EXTENSIONER (SUS)

M8

10 X +DEV1

X X

DEV/P20:18 DEV/P20:22 DEV/P20:20

1/8 2/8 3/8 4/8 5/8 6/8 7/8 8/8 ST8-5240

1

DEV/P20:4 DEV/P20:5

RD BK


M

TH

/Upper_pickup.3F

XS1

Fan-F2

4 5 6 ST6-EI

M1

M1 DEV/P20:3

X X M1 PK243-01A Motor-M1

X X

DEV/P41 DEV/P41:2 DEV/P41:1 +XS11bXS11:1 +XS11bXS11:2 +XS13aXS13:10 +XS13aXS13:9 +XS13aXS13:8 +XS13aXS13:3 +XS13aXS13:2 +XS13aXS13:1 +XS12aXS12:5 +XS12aXS12:6 +XS12aXS12:7 +XS12aXS12:8 +XS12aXS12:9 +XS12aXS12:10 OSB/P1:10 OSB/P1:5 OSB/P1:9 OSB/P1:6

BU RD

DEV/P20:23 DEV/P20:24

1

M2 1 2

A344554. TPH POWER CABLE

1 2 3 4 5 6

X X

B

*64

X


X X

OSB/P3

P3

1/1 P316768 RING-TERM-2.5-3.6 1/1

X +OSB2

X +OSB2

P2

1/1 P316768

X X

OSB/P2

RING-TERM-2.5-3.6 1/1

BN BK BU BK BK GY

DEV/P41:18 DEV/P41:20 DEV/P41:22 DEV/P41:24 DEV/P41:19 DEV/P41:17

X +OSB2

P1

1 I_DIG_SENSOR14 2 DIG_SENSOR_I14 X X 5 CONN_2N641 6 GND 7 CONN_2N644 8 GND 9 NET33 10 SW_FET_STATUS_I BU10-90142 ST10-90130

X X

OSB/P1

DEV/P41:33 DEV/P41:32

BU RD

BK VT


X X

RD BK BU OG YE BU

RD BK VT RD BU YE WH RD BK VT BK BK

/Output_asm.3H

XS2 & XS3

+XS5bXS5:8 +XS5bXS5:7 +XS3aXS3:20 +XS3aXS3:19 +XS3aXS3:18 +XS2aXS2:6 +XS2aXS2:5 +XS2aXS2:4 +XS2aXS2:2 +XS2aXS2:1 +XS2aXS2:3 +XS5bXS5:2 +XS5bXS5:1 +XS5bXS5:3 +XS3aXS3:16 +XS3aXS3:17 +XS3aXS3:15 +XS5bXS5:5 +XS5bXS5:4 +XS5bXS5:6 S7:3 S7:2 S7:1 DEV/P1:38 DEV/P1:37 +XS2aXS2:19 +XS3aXS3:22

BK OG RD WH BK BN +XS2aXS2:13 +XS2aXS2:11 +XS2aXS2:12 +XS2aXS2:14 S8/7:1 S8/8:1 BK BK BN BK VT BK RD VT BK RD BK VT RD VT BK RD GY BN BK BK

-

GN RD

RD BK VT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6

X X

DEV/P1

+

Suspension motor

A

P43

*64 [41] BU64_IDC 64p Extractor

X X

WH

X X KH42KM2-851 Motor-M8

X +DEV1

REM_ONOFF+ REM_ONOFFGND VPS_POW_RESET_OC VPS_SHUTDOWN_ VPS_IL P_24V P_24V GND GND VCC VPS_RXDVPS_TXD+ GND 14p MiniFit Jr M

X X

1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 P316801

X X

1 2 3 4 BU4-MINI-FIT-JR

X +XS13b

3

12

P6

OSB/P6 XS6a:5 XS6a:4 XS6a:2 XS6a:1

5

4

S8/8 1/1 6.3mm isolation (clear)

Top cover closed detection

[30] *50 50P

X X

XS13

DEV/P43 TH/P1

OSB2

RD BK VT

S21:1 1 2 S21:2 3 S21:3 4 M3:3 5 M3:5 6 M3:7 7 M3:9 8 S22:1 9 S22:2 10 S22:3 11 +XS13bXS13:12 12 +XS13bXS13:11 BU12-70066

4

11

X X

TPH positioning motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ST12-70107

8

3

ASSY S4 BRACKET (FRA)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

RD RD BU BN

X X Motor 24VDC Motor-M2

XS13

7

Input sensor TPH

BK

X +XS13a

X X

S8/7

A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)

BU

DEV/P41:10 DEV/P41:9 DEV/P41:8 DEV/P40:16 DEV/P40:15 DEV/P40:18 DEV/P40:17 DEV/P41:7 DEV/P41:6 DEV/P41:5 DEV/P42:8 DEV/P42:6

X S8 X X

RD VT BK


X X

RD BK VT RD BU YE WH RD BK VT VT BK

RD BK VT

X

3 2 1 BU3-EI

8

6

Q

TPH home position

X +DEV1

M

P

X DEV/P1:36 DEV/P1:35 DEV/P1:34

P14

X +OSB2

X X

X X X OSB2 A353547. PCB Assembly osb2 ROHS BL19

7

BK VT RD BK VT RD BK VT

DEV/P1:26 DEV/P1:25 DEV/P1:27 DEV/P1:32 DEV/P1:31 DEV/P1:33 DEV/P1:15 DEV/P1:14

O

A340530.0 NAIS AGX226 X (Matsushita)

S7 1 2 3 BU3-EI

1/1 6.3mm isolation (clear)

XS5

X

DEV/P20:8 DEV/P20:7

9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BU8-EI

A355645. TPH DATA CABLE

F1 Fan-F1

ST2-MINI-FIT-JR BU2-MINI-FIT-JR 2 2 A329002.1:2 1 1 A329002.1:1

BU RD

2

1

A329002.1 X F1 X X

1 +5V 2 +5V common

1/10 2/10 3/10 4/10 5/10 6/10 7/10 8/10 9/10 10/10

X +TPH X X

1/10 2/10 3/10 4/10 5/10 6/10 7/10 8/10 9/10 10/10

TH/P3

RD RD

BN BU

A347112. OSB-HEATER CABLE

TPH fan

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ST8-EI

XS5

S4:1 S4:2 S4:3 S13:1 S13:2 S13:3 +XS5aXS5:8 +XS5aXS5:7

N

X X

S13

X X

Sensor-S12:1 Sensor-S12:3

XS6b

4 4 5 5 ST5-MINI-FIT-JR BU5-MINI-FIT-JR OSB/P6:2 OSB/P6:1

X X

1 1 2 2

X X

XS6a

OSB/P6:4 OSB/P6:3 BN BU


10

A344559. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (BRACKET) X X OS-5101-H Sensor-S13

BK VT RD BK VT RD VT VT

X +XS5b

M

X X

1 2 3 X +XS5a

L


RD RD

X +TPH X A6 X


11

P3

ST1

1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 ST4-MO53261-SMD

1 2 3 4 BU4-51021


RD VT BK


Thermal Print Head X X X TPH A000000. Thermal Head Assembly BL11

A339844.

X +TPH

X X

IFE#5

K

X X

S4 3 2 1 BU3-EI

Input sensor TPH

Sensor-S12


J

BU

12

OG RD BK WH

I


3

3 2 1

CABLED HEATER FOIL (ELE)

A5

H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BU14-MINI-FIT-JR

BN

1

X X OS-5101-H Sensor-S4

X X

Overheat sensor

G

3,3V (green) Led on: Output 1 OK.

A

N

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

APPR.

X

X

X

X

NORM

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L.Tibos

IDX

Change-NR

DATE

F NAME

DATE

NAME

27/11/2003

L.Tibos

WIRING DIAGRAM Drystar AXYS MAIN PAGE Sheet name:

WIRING_DIAGRAM

F1016121.1 01-2011 03-2011

Project 5367 / 100 Sheet of

8 SH

Edition G 1, X Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478

;

&

'

(

)

*

; 73+ ; ;

7+3

; ;

7+3

3

3

; 73+

$:,5(+$51(66$66< %5$&.(7 ; ; 26+ 6HQVRU6

%8(,

'(93

363 363

;

5' %.

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

%. %. %.

5' :+ %8

*51 ; ;

%8,'&

5('

363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363

$:,5(+$51(66$66<36'(9

%1 %. %. %1 2* %1 *< *< %. %. :+ %. 2* %.

; ; ; 6$7$B+'' $ %/

$66<*($5%2;9$/

6$7$&20%5(&(37&/(

; ;

; 36

363

$73+32:(5&$%/(

3

7KHUPDOKHDG

&383RZHUVXSSO\FRQWURO

(

)

*

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 %8

%8 97 %. 97 %8 5' 2* :+ %.

<( %. :+

%8 97 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

'(93

; ;

9 *1' 9 *1' &B2'0B0B6(/B$B%) &B2'0B0B6(/B%B%) *1' &B2'0B,B6(/B$B%) &B2'0B,B6(/B%B%) *1' &211B2'0B&2817 &B2'0B%/B&75/B%) 9 6'$ 6&/ *1' SRO0ROH[

3

; $

8 ; %DWWHU\&OLS

>@ 3

/' &)

) 9 P$)$67

;

%. 2* 5' :+

; ;

'(93

'(93 '(93 0 0 0 0 ) ) ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

0

0

0 0 0

;6D;6

%. %. %. *1 5' %8 5' %8 5' %. 97

3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP(

;6

%8

<( 5' %. 97 97 2* %. :+ 5' 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5'

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 6 6 6

; ;

'(93

'(93 '(93 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

;6D;6 ;6D;6;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

%. %. %. :+ 5' <(

; ; ; ;

%8 %.97 :+ 5' <(

; ; ; ; ;

%8 %. 97 97 %. 5'

; ; ; ; ; ;

8SSHUBWUD\)

8SSHUBWUD\)

$ :,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

%8

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

97 %. 5'

; ; ;

%. 97 %. 97 5' %. 97 5'

; ; ;

8SSHUBWUD\) 8SSHUBWUD\)

; ; ; ; ;

>@ 3

; $

;

2*

;6D;6

%8

3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP(

;6

97

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

/RZHUBSLFNXS)

;6

3

<(/

/' &)$&7

' 75$) <(/

3

<(/

' /,1.

' 0

;

/RZHUBWUD\)

8SSHUBWUD\)

([WHUQDO&RPSDFW)ODVK &DUG&RQQHFWLRQ

&38'LVSOD\SRZHU

+

,

-

/

0

; ;

3

,)(

%8

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

2* 5' %. :+

H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

0DLQV99 +] ;

36

DSSOLDQFHBLQOHW

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

; .

; 36

S0ƒ60'

; 36 ; $ ;

2XWSXW9 $ 2XWSXW9 $$ 2XWSXW9 $ 2XWSXW9 $ 2XWSXW9 $ 2XWSXW9P9 :

,(&&

32:(56833/<'6

; ; 36 $32:(56833/<'6 ; '

;6D;6

$

[$)

&

*< %1 :+ %1 %8 %1 5' %. 5' %. %8 5' :+ <( %8 5' :+ <( 5' %8 97

5' 5' 5' %. %. %. 97 %. %8 %8 %8 %. %. %. 97 %. <( %. :+ %. *1 2*

<( %. %. 5'

%80,&),7*

%

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ) ) ;6D;6

36&21752/&$%/(

5,1*7(50

363 363 363 363

*< %. %. :+ %. 2* %. *1<(

+'

SGLVNGULYH

%1 %. %. %1 2* %1 *<

67

670DWH1/RN

$ ; ;

33 33 33 33

;

:HUHVHUYHDOOULJKWVLQWKLVGRFXPHQWDQGLQWKHLQIRUPD WLRQFRQWDLQHGWKHUHLQ5HSURGXFWLRQXVHRUGLVFORVXUH WRWKLUGSDUWLHVZLWKRXWH[SUHVVDXWKRULW\LVVWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ ‹$*)$

7UDQVSRUWUROOHURSHQGHWHFWLRQ

<( %. %. 5'

; ;

'RQRWUHSODFHWKLVIXVH 5HSODFHSRZHUVXSSO\LQVWHDG

%8(,,'&

([WHUQDO(WKHUQHW &RQQHFWLRQ

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6

6

*1' ',*B6(1625B, *1' &B5),'$B7;'B56 &211B1 &B5),'$B5;'B56 *1' &B5),'$B567B56 *1' &B5),'%B7;'B56 &211B1 &B5),'%B5;'B56 *1' &B5),'%B567B56 *1' &211B;; ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 $B63$5( (/B6'$B/,1( *1' (/B6&/B/,1( 9 *1' (/B6'$B/,1( 9 (/B6&/B/,1( ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 $B63$5( *1' &211B;; ,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, 926 ,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, 926 S0

363

5' %. 97

$6HDJDWH6$7$+DUGGLVN*% $6HDJDWH6$7$+DUGGLVN*% RUHTXLYDOHQWW\SH

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; ;

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 6DIHW\B*URXQG %80,1,),7-5

; ;

$

9JUHHQ /HGRQ2XWSXW2.

Omron EE-SX4009-P1 Mates with receptacle AMP EI 3 pos. IDC

([WHUQDO56 6HUYLFH3RUW

&)6/$9(

%8

%. %.

'(93 '(93

$3LQ0ROH[WR6$7$3RZHUDQG'DWD&DEOH

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

:+

; ;

<(

363

%8

)LOPWUDQVSRUWPRWRU

5'

(7+

3

'(93

;

3

;6E;6

; 6<

; 36

;6E;6

S3+

3

; ;

;

5(0B212)) 5(0B212)) *1' 936B32:B5(6(7B2& 936B6+87'2:1B 936B,/ 3B9 3URWHDUWK 3B9 *1' *1' 9 936B5;' 936B7;' *1' 3URWHDUWK 670,1,),7-5

;6E;6

; 6<

;6E;6

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0+ 0+ 6+ 6+


6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0+ 0+ 6+ 6+

6$7$+$5'',6.

2YHUWHPSHUDWXUHUHG /HGRQ2YHUWHPSHUDWXUHSURWHFWLRQPRGH

$ %

0

$:,5(+$51(66$66< *($5%2;

$

0 %

; ;

6(59,&(

>@ 3

3

; $ ; ;

'(93

0 0 0 0 ; ; ; 6 6 6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 %8 5' :+ <( ; ; ; 97 %. 5' %. %.

; $

<(/

/' 6$7$

; ; .+.0 0RWRU0

32:(5

&21752/

6$7$

<(/

3,16$7$

; $

3

3

<( %. 5' %.

%8

; $

>@ 3LQ6XE'*U0$/(7+

3

3

3

/' )3*$B&21)B'21(

; <(/ ; ; 'HYLXV 'HYLXVH[ %/

97 %. 5' 97 %. 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' %. %. 97 %.

5' %1 5' %1

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 6 6 6 '(93 '(93 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

' )3*$B/('

<(/

SRO

&DVVHWWH

' )3*$B/('

<(/

; ;

,2

' )3*$B/('

'RQRWUHSODFHWKLVIXVH 5HSODFHSRZHUVXSSO\LQVWHDG

; ;

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

' 0B/('

<(/

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

67

;6 ;6

%8

' 0B/('

<(/

; $

',63/$<&$%/(

)3*$B&21),*B'21(

%8,'&

<(/

.H\3

635,1*(;7(16,21(5686

.(<

' &21),*B'21(

3

; ; ; .(< $ %/

:KHQOLW9)3*$FRUHYROWDJHRN

3:$//%2;('0$/(ƒ(;77+

<(/

VXVSHQVLRQSRVLWLRQ

:KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN

' 9

; $

3

' 9

*1' ',*B6(1625B, 67(3B6,1B$ 67(3B6,1B% 67(3B&26B$ 67(3B&26B% '&0B287B$B),/ '&0B287B% 926 ,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, *1' 9 '&0B(1& '&0B287B% '&0B287B$ '&0B(1& 9 9 *1' *1' '&0B(1& '&0B287B$B),/ '&0B287B% *1' ',*B6(1625B, 926 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 (/B6'$B/,1( *1' (/B6&/B/,1( 9 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 S0

; $

9 9 9 *1' *1' *1' 936B96(16( 936B96(16(1 9 9 9 *1' *1' *1' 96(16( 96(16(1 9 *1' 9 *1' 936B1 936B1 S0LQL)LW-U0

0

(ER[FRROLQJIDQ


3

NH\3

3

' 9

,2

$

; ;

; .(<


; ;

; ; ) ; $


' 9

3

%8 5'

'(93

*51

; $


' 3B9

'(93

'(93 '(93

*51

%

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; $

3

*51

' 9

6DIHW\B*URXQG

*51

; ;

6

%8(,

*51

; 36

; ;

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6

.H\

*1' ',*B6(1625B,

1&

1&

'&0B287B$ '&0B287B% '&0B287B$ '&0B287B% '&0B287B$ '&0B287B% '&0B287B$ '&0B287B% '&0B287B$ '&0B287B% 670B287B% 670B287B$ 670B287B% 670B287B$ 670B287B% 670B287B$ 670B287B% 670B287B$ '&0B287B$B),/ '&0B287B% ',*B6(1625B, *1' 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 *1' (/B6'$B/,1( 9 (/B6&/B/,1( 67 ; $

,2

9JUHHQ /HGRQ2XWSXWHQDEOHG

%

,2

; ;

$

,2

/'9JUHHQ PHPRU\ /'9JUHHQ &38FRUHYROWDJH /'9JUHHQ /'9JUHHQ /'/LWGXULQJ6WDUWXSXQWLO'U\WDUDSSOLFDWLRQVWDUWV :KHQIODVKLQJVRQVRII !)DLOXUH


S3+

/('IXQFWLRQVRQ7\QGDOO


;6E;6

0

;6E;6

3ULQWGUXPGULYH

; .(<

;6E;6

3

3

;6E;6

$

;6D;6

&'0

; $

*1' ',*B6(1625B, *1' *1' ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 *1' ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 67

;6D;6 ;6D;6

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

%8(,

'(93

'(93 '(93 ;6D;6

; $

3

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

; ;

9 *1' 9 *1' 3

%8 <(

0

; ; .+.0 0RWRU0

'(93 '(93 '(93

%8

)DQ) )

5'

6

26%3 26%3

8SSHUBSLFNXS)

;6

'(9,86

363 363 .H\3 363 363 .H\3 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363.H\3 363.H\3 363 363 363 363 %80,1,),7-5

%81

*1

$ $

$:,5(+$51(66$66< 635,1*(;7

2XWSXWBDVP+

;

'(93 '(93 +' '(93 '(93 +' '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93+' '(93+' '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 %80,1,),7-5

'(93

0

<(

26%3 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

,QWHUQDO&RPSDFW)ODVK &DUG&RQQHFWLRQ

&)0$67(5

,2

3

%80,&),7*

6XVSHQVLRQPRWRU

%8 5' :+ <( %. 97 5' 97 %. 5' %. 97

97 %.

26%3

7+

; $

*1' ',*B6(1625B, *1' &211B;; ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 6:B)(7B67$786B, &211B1 1(7 *1' 0B63$5( &211B1

1&

*1' ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 ',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926

1&

',*B6(1625B, ,B',*B6(1625 926 67

; ;

%8(,

; ;

:+

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

'(93 '(93

; ;

5' %. 97

%8(, 67(,

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

6

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

VXVSHQVLRQSRVLWLRQ

5' %. 97

;

%.

97

; ;6E

67

2* <( %8

; ;6E 5' %. 97 5' %8 <( :+ 5' %. 97 %. %.

'(93

0

97 %.

; ;

6 6 6 0 0 0 0 6 6 6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 %8

5' 5' 5' %. %. %. 97 %. %8 %8 %8 %. %. %. 97 %. <( %. :+ %. *1 2*

; ;

; ;

'(93 '(93 '(93

0

; ; 0 3.$ 0RWRU0

'(93

%8 5'

67(,

5' %.

'(93 '(93

PPLVRODWLRQFOHDU

;6 ;6

9 9 9 *1' *1' *1' 936B96(16( 936B96(16(1 9 9 9 *1' *1' *1' 96(16( 96(16(1 9 *1' 9 *1' 936B1 936B1 3

%1 %. %8 %. %. *<

%8

0

6

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

; ;

26%3

%8 %. 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5'

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

$73+32:(5&$%/(

5' %. 97

67

7+

3

; 26%

26%3

5,1*7(50

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

5,1*7(50

; ;

26%3

%. 97

'(93 '(93

%8 5'

; ;

3

; 26%

,B',*B6(1625 ',*B6(1625B, ; ; &211B1 *1' &211B1 *1' 1(7 6:B)(7B67$786B, %8 67

73+SRVLWLRQLQJPRWRU

;6 ;6

3

>@ %8B,'& S([WUDFWRU ; $

'(93 '(93 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 26%3 26%3 26%3 26%3

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 6 6

'(93

; ; 5' %. %8 2* <( %8

0

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

; $

5(0B212)) 5(0B212)) *1' 936B32:B5(6(7B2& 936B6+87'2:1B 936B,/ 3B9 3B9 *1' *1' 9 936B5;' 936B7;' *1' S0LQL)LW-U0

3

7RSFRYHUFORVHGGHWHFWLRQ

; ;

3

*1 5'

; ; 0RWRU9'& 0RWRU0

; ;6D

'(93

7+3

; ;

%. %. %1 %. 97 %. 5' 97 %. 5' %. 97 5' 97 %. 5' *< %1 %. %.

3

%80,1,),7-5

3

26%3

; ;

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

26%

; 26%

; ; ; ;

;6D ;6D ;6D ;6D

4

$:,5(+$51(66$66<287387

%. 2* 5' :+ %. %1

$7+32:(5&$%/( 5' 5' %8 %1

6

73+KRPHSRVLWLRQ

>@ 3LQ&RQQHFWRU',1

; 26%

; ;

; 6

; ;

5' 97 %.

;

; ; ; 26% $3&%$VVHPEO\RVE52+6 %/

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

3

;

6

; ;

%8(,

5' %. 97

PPLVRODWLRQFOHDU

%. 97 5' %. 97 5' %. 97

2

;

'(93 '(93 '(93

,QSXWVHQVRU73+

%.

5' %. 97 5' %8 <( :+ 5' %. 97 97 %.

67(,

1

$1$,6$*; ; 0DWVXVKLWD

6

%8(,

; ;

6 6 6 6 6 6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

;6 ;6

; ;

3

%8 5' %80,1,),7-5 $ $

JST VH connector 156" board-in crimp style 2pos.

%. 97 5' %. 97 5' 97 97

0

; ;

; ;6E

3

) )DQ)

670,1,),7-5

; ;6D

$73+'$7$&$%/(

'(93 '(93

5' 97 %.

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

/

$66<6%5$&.(7)5$

$ ; ) ; ;

$26%+($7(5&$%/(

73+IDQ

0

9 9FRPPRQ

3

; 73+ ; ;

5' 5'

%1 %8 ; ;

; ;

;6D ;6E

26%3 26%3 %1 %8

$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(

JST VH connector 156" board-in crimp style 10pos.

; ;

6HQVRU6 6HQVRU6

H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

7+3

; 73+ ; $ ;

670,1,),7-5 %80,1,),7-5

S0ƒ60'

26%3 26%3

67

5' 5'

%8

$

; 73+

; ;

; ; ; 73+ $7KHUPDO+HDG$VVHPEO\ %/

6HQVRU6

,)(

6

%8(,

,QSXWVHQVRU73+

7KHUPDO3ULQW+HDG

;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6 ;6D;6

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; ;

.

%8

; ;

2* 5' %. :+

-

*1' (/B6'$B/,1( 9 (/B6&/B/,1( 3B9 6$)(7
%1

>@ %8B,'& S([WUDFWRU

; ; 26+ 6HQVRU6

&$%/('+($7(5)2,/(/(

$

,

%80,1,),7-5

; ;

2YHUKHDW VHQVRU

+


%

7+(50$/+($'02'8/($66<

$

1

2

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

/7LERV

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

) 1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

/7LERV

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 0$,13$*( 6KHHWQDPH

:,5,1*B',$*5$0

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI

03-2011 Edition * 1,;Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478 5HSODFHPHQWIRU

6+

$

%

&

'

(

)

$ ; $

0

0

0

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 6702'8B,,

5' %.

6666

%802'8B,,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 6702'8B,,

5' %. %. 5' 97 %8 2* 5' %. :+ :+ *1 %.%1 %.

%. 5' 97 %8

$3,&.83&$%/(

)LOPHQWQDPH(LQKHLW ; ;

; ; ; $ $ %/

000 000

,)(

%8

; ;6D

;6;6 ;6

666666 666666 666666 666666 /RZHUB38,)( /RZHUB38,)( /RZHUB38,)( /RZHUB38,)( 666 666 ;6;6;6666 ;6;6;6 %80,1,),7

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93,)(,)( '(93,)(,)( '(93,)(,)( '(93,)(,)( '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 670,1,),7

%. 5' %. 5' 97 97 2* 5' %. :+ 5' 97 %. 97

;

:,5,1*B',$*5$03

'UDZHU&RQQHFWRU

/RZHUB38

S0ƒ60'

)LUVW&LUFXLW

66

66

%

/DVW &LUFXLW

%

;6

; $

; ; ; $ $),/03,&.83$66<

$

00

%802'8B,,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

2* 5' %. :+

H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; 6

66

%8(,

:+ %1 *1

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6


/RZHU3LFNXSSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

/2:(53,&.83$66< $

%

&

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

;

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 /2:(53,&.83$60 6KHHWQDPH

/RZHUBSLFNXS

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI

03-2011 Edition 1,;Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478 5HSODFHPHQWIRU

6+

$

%

&

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; 5)

67

670260'

; 5) ; $ $ %/

5)67

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

66

%8(,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

)

5' %. 97

; ;6

5' 97 %. %. 5' :+ <( %8 ; ; %. %.

%. 5' :+ <( %8

$:,5(+$51(66$66<75$<

5),'7$*5($'(538

(

; 6

/RZHUPDJD]LQHHPSW\GHWHFWLRQ

; 5)

%8

'

666 666 666 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 ; ; ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

; ;6D

;6;6

;6

%8

%8

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 ; ; '(93 '(93

5' 97 %. %. 5' :+ <( %8 ; ; %. 97

; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

:,5,1*B',$*5$02

; ;

$ :,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60

&RQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQDVVHPEOLHV

0O[5HFHSWDFOH+RXVLQJ 0DWHVZLWK0O['UDZHUFRQQHFWRU


/2:(575$<$66< $

%

&

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

;

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 /2:(575$<$60 6KHHWQDPH

/RZHUBWUD\

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI


6+

A

B

+output OS5101H S5

C

D

E

F

G

H

X X

S5

3 2 1

3 2 1 BU3EI

+XS2bXS2:3 +XS2bXS2:2 +XS2bXS2:1

RD VT BK

6

6 +output EESX4009P1 S6

Output sensor TPH

X 1 2 3

S6 1 2 3 BU3EI

+XS2bXS2:4 +XS2bXS2:5 +XS2bXS2:6

RD BK VT

Output rollers home position

+output Cabled motor 18VDC M5

+output Cabled motor 18VDC M4

M

+XS2b

X X RD BU

1 2

5

M4 1 2 ST2EI

+XS2bXS2:7 +XS2bXS2:8

Exit roller motor

M

RD BN

A339841.

1 2

1 2 ST2EI


RD BN

Densitometer motor X +output

ST1

X +output X A4 X

RD BU

M5

1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 4p 53261 M 90° SMD

+output

IFE

1 2 3 4 BU451021

+XS2bXS2:11 +XS2bXS2:12 +XS2bXS2:13 +XS2bXS2:14

OG RD BK WH

BK VT RD RD BK VT RD BN RD BN OG RD BK WH

+XS2a

XS2 XS2

S5:1 S5:2 S5:3 S6:1 S6:2 S6:3 M4:1 M4:2 M5:1 M5:2 +outputIFE:1 +outputIFE:2 +outputIFE:3 +outputIFE:4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

DEV/P1:23 DEV/P1:22 DEV/P1:24 DEV/P1:21 DEV/P1:20 DEV/P1:19 DEV/P1:11 DEV/P1:12 DEV/P1:9 DEV/P1:10 DEV/P1:2 DEV/P1:3 DEV/P1:1 DEV/P1:4

BK VT RD RD BK VT RD BN RD BN OG RD BK WH

5

A344552.   WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM) BK BK


18 18 19 19 BU1970066 ST1970107


+XS3aXS3:21 DEV/P1:39

VT VT

4

4 X

P1

1/14 2/14 3/14 4/14 5/14 6/14 7/14 8/14 9/14 10/14 11/14 12/14 13/14 14/14 14p 53261 M 90° SMD

3

X +CDM

P2

1/4 cdm pcb 2/4 X 3/4 X 4/4 X CDM 4p 53261 M 90° SMD X

X +CDMLED

2

P1

1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 4p 53261 M 90° SMD

Edition 1, Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478

+output

P1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BU1451021

A344551.   WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)

+XS3bXS3:1 +XS3bXS3:2 +XS3bXS3:3 +XS3bXS3:4 +XS3bXS3:5 +XS3bXS3:6 +XS3bXS3:7 +XS3bXS3:8 +XS3bXS3:9 +XS3bXS3:10 +XS3bXS3:11 +XS3bXS3:12 +XS3bXS3:13 +XS3bXS3:14

+XS3b

03-2011

X +CDM

YE BK WH BU VT BU VT BU VT BK OG WH RD BK

P2

+outputLED/P1:1 +outputLED/P1:2 +outputLED/P1:3 +outputLED/P1:4

YE BU BK WH

+output asm EESX670 SensorS10

X X 1 2 L 3 4

S10 1

+XS3bXS3:15

3 +XS3bXS3:16 4 +XS3bXS3:17 BU4EE1001

RD

+XS3a

XS3 XS3

+outputP1:1 +outputP1:2 +outputP1:3 +outputP1:4 +outputP1:5 +outputP1:6 +outputP1:7 +outputP1:8 +outputP1:9 +outputP1:10 +outputP1:11 +outputP1:12 +outputP1:13 +outputP1:14 S10:1 S10:3 S10:4 X X X +XS3bXS3:22 +XS3bXS3:21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 BU2270066

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 ST2270107

DEV/P9:1 DEV/P9:2 DEV/P9:3 DEV/P9:5 DEV/P9:6 DEV/P9:8 DEV/P9:9 DEV/P9:12 DEV/P9:11 DEV/P9:10 DEV/P9:14 DEV/P9:15 DEV/P9:13 DEV/P9:16 DEV/P1:30 DEV/P1:28 DEV/P1:29 DEV/P1:18 DEV/P1:17 DEV/P1:16 +XS2aXS2:18 DEV/P1:40

YE BK WH BU VT BU VT BU VT BK OG WH RD BK RD VT BK BK VT RD VT BK

3

.1

VT BK

X +output

LED/P1 1 2 3 4 BU451021

+outputP2:1 +outputP2:2 +outputP2:3 +outputP2:4

Densitometer home position

YE BU BK WH

Xcdmled pcb X X CDMLED X BL15

We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © AGFA

YE BK WH BU VT BU VT BU VT BK OG WH RD BK RD VT BK X X X BK BK

A344553.   WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM)

+output 1 2 3 4 BU451021

/WIRING_DIAGRAM.2P

.5

1

OUTPUT ASSY (OUT) A

B

C

D

E

F

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

APPR.

X

X

X

X

NORM

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

F1016121.5

IDX

ChangeNR

DATE

NAME

03-2011 Edition 1, XRevision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478 Replacement for

DATE

NAME

28/11/2003

L.Tibos

WIRING DIAGRAM Drystar AXYS OUTPUT ASM Sheet name:

Output_asm

Project 5367 / 100 Sheet 5 of

8 SH

$

%

&

'

(

)

; ;6E

;6

'(93 '(93 %80,1,),7-5

%1 %.

;

:,5,1*B',$*5$03

; ; 0

0

UG

EN

9DFXXPSXPS

; ;6D 5' %. %. %. %. %.

; ;

0UG 0EN 9 9 9 9

$3803 9$/9(6$66<&$%/(

; 9

; ;6E

;6 ;6

670,1,),7-5 %80,1,),7-5

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

%8 %1 :+ %1 *< %1

;

:,5,1*B',$*5$03

/RZHUPDJD]LQHYDFXXPYDOYH

; ;

; 9


8SSHUPDJD]LQHYDFXXPYDOYH

3803 9$/9(6$66<38 $

%

&

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

;

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3803 9$/9(6$60 6KHHWQDPH

3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI


6+

$

%

&

'

(

)

$ ; ;

0

%80

%802'8B,,

; 0

00

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 6702'8B,,

$ 5' %.

%866

; ; ; $ $),/03,&.83$66< %/

%802'8B,,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 6702'8B,,

)LUVW&LUFXLW

; 66

6666

%

% ; ;6

; ;

/DVW &LUFXLW

%. 5' 97 97

5' %. %. 5' 97 97 2* 5' %. :+ :+ *1 %.%1 %.

$3,&.83&$%/(

)LOPHQWQDPH(LQKHLW

000 000

666666 666666 666666 666666 8SSHUB38,)( 8SSHUB38,)( 8SSHUB38,)( 8SSHUB38,)( 666 666 ;6;6;6666 ;6;6;6 %80,1,),7

; XSSHUSLFNXS

; 8SSHUB38

; XSSHUSLFNXS S0ƒ60' ; $ $ %/

%8

67

,)(

; ;6D

;6;6 ;6

670,1,),7

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93

%. 5' %. 5' 97 97 2* 5' %. :+ 5' 97 %. 97

;

:,5,1*B',$*5$03

'UDZHU&RQQHFWRU ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

2* 5' %. :+

H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

; 6

66

%8(,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

:+ %1 *1


8SSHU3LFNXSSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

833(53,&.83$66< $

%

&

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

;

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 833(53,&.83$60 6KHHWQDPH

8SSHUBSLFNXS

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI

03-2011 Edition 1,; Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478 5HSODFHPHQWIRU

6+

$

%

& ; ; ((6;3 6HQVRU6

$

(

; 5)

670260'

66

%8(,

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

5' %. 97

; ;6

5' 97 %. %. 5' :+ <( %8 ; ; %. %.

; 5)

5)67

%8

;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

)

; 6

8SSHUPDJD]LQHHPSW\GHWHFWLRQ 67

; 5) ; $ ; %/

'

%. 5' :+ <( %8

$:,5(+$51(66$66<75$<

5),'7$*5($'(538

666 666 666 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 5)5)67 ; ; ;6;6;6 ;6;6;6

;6;6

%8

; ;6D

;6

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 ; ; '(93 '(93;6D;6 %8

5' 97 %. %. 5' :+ <( %8 ; ; %. 97

; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

:,5,1*B',$*5$02

:,5,1*B',$*5$02

;

&RQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQDVVHPEOLHV

0O[5HFHSWDFOH+RXVLQJ 0DWHVZLWK0O['UDZHUFRQQHFWRU ; ; 26+ 6HQVRU6


; ;

6

%8(,

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6

5' 97 %.

$:,5(+$51(66$66<75$<'(7

7DNHRYHUSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

; ; 26+ 6HQVRU6

6 6 6 6 6 6 ; ; ;6E;6 ;6E;6

;6

%8

; ;6D

;6

%8

'(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 '(93 ; ; ;6D;6 '(93

%. 97 5' %. 97 5' ; ; 97 97

; ; ; ; ; ;

:,5,1*B',$*5$02 :,5,1*B',$*5$02 :,5,1*B',$*5$02

;

$ :,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60

; ;

6

%8(,

;6E;6 ;6E;6 ;6E;6

5' 97 %.

7DNHRYHUSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

833(575$<$66< $

;

; ;6E %. 97 5' %. 97 5' ; ; %. %.

%

&

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

86(5

;

;

;

;

$335

;

;

;

;

1250

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

,';

&KDQJH15

'$7(

1$0(

'$7(

1$0(

;

:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 833(575$<$60 6KHHWQDPH

8SSHUBWUD\

)

3URMHFW 6KHHW RI


6+

Spare Parts List Document No: DD+DIS274.07M

Drystar AXYS AXYS / CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/100/300

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 09-2013 Printed in


Document Node ID: 18050603 spare_parts_e_template_v11


Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

Manufacturer Agfa HealthCare N.V Published by Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved. AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V., Belgium, or its s.

WARNING: Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries. INSTRUCTION: (1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document (see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications > Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the equipment. (2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on the product.

WARNING: Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation. INSTRUCTION: • • •

Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts. Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure. Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible accessories your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.

NOTE: To the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manuals refer to the "Checklist for Completeness" in the Agfa HealthCare Library.



AXYS / CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/100/300

Chapter 5 / Page 2 of 20


Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

Document History Edition, Revision

Release Date


1.3

09-2013

New type CRYSTAL-M IMAGER available Index of Spare Parts Numbers updated. RF+ numbers added

DISCLAIMER: Actual delivered spare parts may differ (in appearance) from the images shown and/or ordered spare parts. The codes of the ordered spare parts can vary from the code of the delivered spare parts. Agfa HealthCare warrants that the delivered spare parts have at least the same functionalities. Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to deliver compatible or alternative spare parts. Prices may differ from the original order as these spare parts will be invoiced at current prices. NOTE: Repaired Spare Parts are indicated with Prefix RF+.

NOTE: Recycling of the electronic and electrical waste equipment will ensure safety of the human health and the environment. For information about electronic and electrical waste equipment disposal, recovery and collection points, please your local waste disposal service or the producer / distributor of this equipment. If your equipment contains removable batteries or accumulators please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.

Spare Parts ordering

Spare Parts returns

Europe:

[email protected]

Overseas:

[email protected]

Worldwide:

[email protected]






Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

Contents

VERKLEIDUNG COVERS REVÊTEMENT PAGES 6 - 9

LEISTUNGSEINHEIT POWER UNIT MODULE DE PUISSANCE PAGES 18 - 19

ANTRIEB LINKS DRIVE LEFT ENTRAÎNEMENT Á GAUCHE PAGES 12 - 13

ANTRIEB DRIVE ENTRAÎNEMENT PAGES 10 - 11

ANTRIEB / LEISTUNGSEINHEIT DRIVE / POWER UNIT ENTRAÎNEMENT / MODULE DE PUISSANCE PAGES 14 - 17






Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

How to navigate the Spare Parts List online with the Acrobat Reader (1) (2)

Open Bookmarks.

(3) (4)

See overview of the modules.

(5)

Appropriate page opens.

(6)

Click on green arrow to

Click on "CONTENTS".

Click on requested module.

navigate back to the overview of the modules.






Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

02* 01* 04*

02*

03 (MOD 10) 04*

11 10 (MOD 01)

07 06 05*

06 04* 09 (MOD 02)

08

5367_chap05_01_m.CDR

COVERS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.


AXYS / CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/100



Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item No. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.

Benennung Description Denomination

1

CM+3492831

*

FILMAUSGABE (ROHS) OUTPUT TRAY (ROHS) RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)

2

CM+3492812

*

OBERE & HINTERE OBERE VERKLEIDUNG (ROHS) TOP COVER & REAR TOP COVER ASSY (ROHS) COUVERCLE EN HAUT (ROHS)

3

CM+3433741

4

CM+3492822

*

LINKE, RECHTE & VORDERE ABDECKUNG (ROHS) LEFT, RIGHT & FRONT COVER (ROHS) COUVERCLE AVANT, GAUCHE & DROIT (ROHS)

5

CM+3492841

*

HANDGRIFFE (ROHS) HAND GRIPS (ROHS) POIGNEE (ROHS)

6

CM+3392471

VERBINDUNGSSTECKER 12-POLIG (2 STÜCK) (ROHS) CONNECTOR 12P (SET OF 2) (ROHS) CONNECTEUR 12P (JEU DE 2) (ROHS)

7

CM+6052740

VERBINDUNGSSTECKER 10P CONNECTOR 10P CONNECTEUR 10P

8

CM+3392676

RF TAG READER (ROHS) RF TAG READER ASSY (ROHS) DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ÉTIQUETTES (ROHS)

9

CM+3492663

UNTERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02) LOWER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02) RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN BAS W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)

10

CM+3492673

OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01) UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01) RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)

11

CM+6044440

GLIDING LABEL - SIEHE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21 GLIDING LABEL - SEE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21 GLIDING LABEL - VOIR AU SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21

TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 10) KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 10) CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS) (MOD 10)

= Assembly * = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible. 99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.

COVERS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

02* 01* 04*

02*

03 (MOD 10) 04*

11 10 (MOD 01)

07 06 05*

06 04* 09 (MOD 02)

08


COVERS - CRYSTAL-M IMAGER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3492831

*

FILMAUSGABE (ROHS) OUTPUT TRAY (ROHS) RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)

2

CM+6073890

*

OBERE & HINTERE OBERE VERKLEIDUNG TOPCOVER & REAR TOP COVER ASSY COUVERCLE EN HAUT

3

CM+3433741

4

CM+6073900

*

LINKE, RECHTE & VORDERE ABDECKUNG LEFT, RIGHT & FRONT COVER COUVERCLE AVANT, GAUCHE & DROIT

5

CM+3492841

*

HANDGRIFFE (ROHS) HAND GRIPS (ROHS) POIGNEE (ROHS)

6

CM+3392471


7

CM+6052740


8

CM+3392676

RF TAG READER (ROHS) RF TAG READER ASSY (ROHS) DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ÉTIQUETTES (ROHS)

9

CM+3492663

UNTERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02) LOWER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02) RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN BAS W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)

10

CM+3492673

OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01) UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01) RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)

11

CM+6044440

GLIDING LABEL - SIEHE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21 GLIDING LABEL - SEE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21 GLIDING LABEL - VOIR AU SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21

TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 10) KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 10) CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS) (MOD 10)


COVERS - CRYSTAL-M IMAGER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

04 11 03 (MOD 16) 10

08 01 (MOD 06)

12 09 (MOD 11)

02 (MOD 03)

02 (MOD 04)

06 (MOD 13) 07

05 (MOD 14)

5367_chap05_03_m.cdr

DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3492725

AUSGABEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 06) OUTPUT MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 06) MODULE DE SORTIE (ROHS) (MOD 06)

2

CM+3492688

AUFNAHMEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 03,04) PICK UP MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 03,04) MODULE DE RÉCEPTION (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)

3

CM+3492732

TPH KÜHLGEBLÄSE (ROHS) (MOD 16) TPH COOLING FAN (ROHS) (MOD 16) VENTILATEUR TPH (ROHS) (MOD 16)

4

CM+3433501

MODUL 'TPH FILTER' (ROHS) TPH FILTER MODULE (ROHS) MODULE FILTRE TPH (ROHS)

5

CM+3492696

GETRIEBE & RIEMEN (ROHS) (MOD 14) GEAR BOX & BELT (ROHS) (MOD 14) ENGRENAGE & COURROIE (ROHS) (MOD 14)

6

CM+3492762

NOCKENWELLENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13) CAM DRIVE MODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13) MODULE D'ENTRAÎNENMENT (ROHS) (MOD 13)

7

CM+3492872

TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS) TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS) CABLE PLAT TPH (ROHS)

8

CM+3097371

FILMSENSOR (ROHS) - (S5) FILM SENSOR (ROHS) - (S5) DETECTEUR FILM (ROHS) - (S5)

9

CM+3492803

EINGABESENSORMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 11) INPUT SENSOR MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 11) MODULE CAPTEURS D'ENTRÉE (ROHS) (MOD 11)

10

CM+3617033

UPGRADE KIT, OBERE AUFNHAMEEINHEIT (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10) UPPER PU UPGRADE KIT (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10) UNITE DE RECEPTION SUPERIEURE, KIT DE CONVERSION (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)

11

CM+6007170

OBERE / UNTERE AUFNAHMEEINHEIT, ACHSE D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10) UPPER / LOWER PICKUP UNIT, SHAFT D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10) UNITE DE RECEPTION SUPERIEURE / INFERIEURE, AXE D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)

12

CM+6040160

HAKEN (ROHS) HOOK (ROHS) CROCHET (ROHS)


DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

03

07 (S9)

04

05 (MOD 15)

01 (MOD 17) 02 (MOD 07)

06


DRIVE LEFT DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3392173

PUMPEN- UND VENTILBAUGRUPPE (ROHS) (MOD 17) PUMP & VALVES ASSY (ROHS) (MOD 17) ENSEMBLE POMPES ET VALVES (ROHS) (MOD 17)

2

CM+3492702

WALZENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 07) DRUM DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 07) MODULE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT DU CYLINDRE (ROHS) (MOD 07)

3

CM+3492711

DRUCKTROMMEL (ROHS) PRINT DRUM MODULE (ROHS) TAMBOUR D'IMPRESSION (ROHS)

4

CM+3433521

HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN (ROHS) MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT (ROHS) ROUE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT & COURROIES D'ENTRAÎNEMENT DU TAMBOUR (ROHS)

5

CM+3492742

ANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 15) SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 15) MODULE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT (ROHS) (MOD 15)

6

CM+3433751

OSB PCB (ROHS) OSB PCB (ROHS) OSB PCB (ROHS)

7

CM+3097911

LICHTSCHRANKE (ROHS) - (S9) LIGHT BARRIER (ROHS) - (S9) PHOTO CELLULE (ROHS) - (S9)


DRIVE LEFT DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

01 (MOD 05) 02

03 (MOD 20)

UP TO SN3671

09

05

04 (MOD 08)

06 (MOD 12) 07* (MOD 18) 08 (MOD 18) * IN COMBINATION WITH THANOS BOARD ONLY

EXCEPTIONS CONCERNING INTRODUCED HARDWARE SEE SIB13 DD+DIS341.10E


DRIVE / POWER UNIT - UP TO SN3671 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3585782

THERMODRUCKKOPF DS AXYS (MOD 05) THERMAL HEAD DS AXYS (MOD 05) TETE D'IMPRESSION THERMIQUE (MOD 05)

2

CM+3492773

NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB (ROHS) CAM DRIVE SHAFT (ROHS) ENTRAINEMENT A CAME (ROHS)

3

CM+3433401

VILIS KÜHLGEBLÄSE (MOD 20) VILIS COOLING FAN (MOD 20) VENTILATEUR VILIS (MOD 20)

4

CM+6037363

DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - BIS FN3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - UP TO SN3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - JUSQU'AU NS3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

5

CM+6037350

DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - BIS FN3671 DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - UP TO SN3671 DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - JUSQU'AU NS3671

6

CM+6039154

TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

6

RF+6039153

TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

7

CM+3585810

512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODUL (MOD 18) - BIS FN3671 512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODULE (MOD 18) - UP TO SN3671 512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODULE (MOD 18) - JUSQU'AU NS3671

8

CM+6009751

512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)

9

CM+3433562

COMPACT FLASH KARTE 1GB (ROHS) COMPACT FLASH CARD 1GB (ROHS) CARTE COMPACT FLASH 1GB (ROHS)


DRIVE / POWER UNIT - UP TO SN3671 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

01 (MOD 05) 02 03 (MOD 20)

FROM SN3672 08

09

05

04 (MOD 08)

07 (MOD 18) 06 (MOD 12)

EXCEPTIONS CONCERNING INTRODUCED HARDWARE SEE SIB13 DD+DIS341.10E


DRIVE / POWER UNIT - FROM SN3672 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3585782

THERMODRUCKKOPF DS AXYS (MOD 05) THERMAL HEAD DS AXYS (MOD 05) TETE D'IMPRESSION THERMIQUE (MOD 05)

2

CM+3492773

NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB (ROHS) CAM DRIVE SHAFT (ROHS) ENTRAINEMENT A CAME (ROHS)

3

CM+3433401

VILIS KÜHLGEBLÄSE (MOD 20) VILIS COOLING FAN (MOD 20) VENTILATEUR VILIS (MOD 20)

4

CM+6009788

DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODUL (MOD 08) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) MODULE DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM (MOD 08) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

4

RF+6009787

DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODUL (MOD 08) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) MODULE DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM (MOD 08) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)

5

CM+6009763

DEVIUS PCB - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) DEVIUS PCB - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) DEVIUS PCB - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)

5

RF+6009763

DEVIUS PCB - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) DEVIUS PCB - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) DEVIUS PCB - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)

6

CM+6039154

TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

6

RF+6039153

TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2) TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)

7

CM+6009751

512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X) 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)

8

CM+3433562

COMPACT FLASH KARTE 1GB (ROHS) COMPACT FLASH CARD 1GB (ROHS) CARTE COMPACT FLASH 1GB (ROHS)

9

CM+3492872

TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS) TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS) CABLE PLAT TPH (ROHS)


DRIVE / POWER UNIT - FROM SN3672 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

01 (MOD 09)

07

08

07

02, 03

04 05 06

Name Quantity Female vacuum connector 2 Shaft holder left (Vertical Alignment)

Gear Box Spring

Shaft holder right (Vertical Alignment)

Male vacuum connector

Guide Latch (Vertical Alignment)

Female vacuum connector

Male vacuum connector Guide latch (Vertical Alignment) Gear box spring Gear box belt

2 2

Purpose Vacuum connector inside printer. Counterpart to male vacuum connector at pickup module. Vacuum connector at pickup module Vertical alignment guide latch (left and right hand side)

1 1

Tension spring for gear box belt Belt for gear box

Gear Box Belt


POWER UNIT DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List



1

CM+3492784

NETZTEIL - ROHS (MOD 09) POWER SUPPLY - ROHS (MOD 09) ALIMENTATION - ROHS (MOD 09)

2

CM+3260514

SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - BIS FN3671 SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - UP TO SN3671 SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - JUSQU'AU NS3671

3

CM+6009731

SATA HARDDISK - AB FN3672 SATA HARDDISK - FROM SN3672 SATA HARDDISK - A PARTIR DE NS3672

4

CM+3392031

SCSI HARDDISK KABEL (ROHS) - BIS FN3671 SCSI HARDDISK CABLE (ROHS) - UP TO SN3671 CABLE SCSI HARDDISK (ROHS) - JUSQU'AU NS3671

5

CM+6009740

SATA HARDDISK KABEL - AB FN3672 SATA HARDDISK CABLE - FROM SN3672 CABLE SATA HARDDISK - A PARTIR DE NS3672

6

CM+3492881

EINZELTEIL KIT (ROHS) SMALL COMPONENTS KIT (ROHS) KIT PIECES DETACHEES (ROHS)

7

CM+3392471


8

CM+6052740



POWER UNIT DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.





Spare Parts List

DD+DIS274.07M

Type Overview This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s): Type Number

Specification

Drystar AXYS

5367/0100

EYZ4E

CRYSTAL-M IMAGER

5367/0300

5YGOF

Device Name

Accessory Overview Following accesssories are separately available: Accessory

Order Number

MOBILE KIT

EX2DV

MAMMO LICENCE

EY8RN






Chapter 8

HEALTHCARE

Manufacturing Standard Modifications

Imaging Services



►

Purpose of this Document This document provides an overview of all product modifications which may be of importance for Service. They are listed in chronological sequence.

►

►


Release Date

Changes:

1.0

05-2008

Initial version


Title

n.a.

n.a.




Document Node ID: 24708127 eq_08_modifications_e_template_v07


DD+DIS127.08E

►





(2)






Chapter 8 / 2


DD+DIS127.08E


OVERVIEW OF MODIFICATIONS:

Timeline

Modification

Referenced Documents

2008 March Introduction of “Upper Pickup Modification Kit” incl. Software 1.6.1_C1

February Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB CM+343356.1 to 1 GB

•

SB No. 02 DD+DIS037.08E

•

Enclosure: DD+DIS399.08E

None

2007 December Changed Input Sensor Module

None




Chapter 8 / 3


DD+DIS127.08E

1

2


Changed Input Sensor Module CM+349280.1 Reason

Improvement of production process

Product(s) & Serial Number(s)

SN ≥ 1069 / December 2007

Part Number(s)

Input Sensor Module CM+349280.2

Referenced Document(s)

None

Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB CM+343356.1 to 1 GB Reason

Change of type of compact flash card for printer backup due to purchasing reasons.


Printers and spare parts delivered as of February 2008

Part Number(s)

Compact Flash 1 GB, CM+343356.2


None




Chapter 8 / 4


DD+DIS127.08E

3


Introduction of “Upper Pickup Modification Kit” incl. Software 1.6.1_C1 Reason

Improvement of film run


•

The “Upper Pickup Modification Kit” was introduced in production as of SN 1188.

•

Software 1.6.1_C1 was introduced in production as of SN 1188, plus SNs 1066, 1161, 1172, 1173, 1176, 1178 / March 2008

Part Number(s)

“Upper Pickup Modification Kit”, CM+361703.0


•

SB No. 02 DD+DIS037.08E

•

Enclosure Upper Pickup Modification Kit DD+DIS399.08E




Chapter 8 / 5


HEALTHCARE

Chapter 9

Maintenance

Imaging Services



Edition 1, Revision 0

This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS032.07E. CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

09-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14349768 eq_09_maintenance_e_template_v03



DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance



(2)






DD+DIS032.07E

►

Maintenance

Purpose of this document This document describes all routines and tests to be carried out during maintenance.

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

09-2007

•

Initial Version


Title

n.a.

n.a.





DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance

List of contents

1

2

3

4

INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................6 1.1

Maintenance Frequency ...........................................................................................................6

1.2

Required Time...........................................................................................................................6

1.3

Required Tools..........................................................................................................................6

1.4

Required Cleaning Material ......................................................................................................7

1.5

Required Spare Parts ...............................................................................................................7

DIAGNOSTICS .........................................................................................................................8 2.1

Questioning of the Customer ....................................................................................................8

2.2

Infocounter Analysis..................................................................................................................8

2.2.1

Infocounter Analysis via printed Infocounter on Film ................................................................8

2.2.2

Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report..............................................................9

2.2.3

Infocounter analysis via Service Command Session................................................................9

2.2.4

How to evaluate the Infocounter .............................................................................................11

2.3

Image Quality Check...............................................................................................................12

MAINTENANCE POINTS - POWER OFF ..............................................................................13 3.1

Check of general Condition.....................................................................................................13

3.2

Check of Condition of Belts and Gears...................................................................................13

3.3

Visual Check of the Cables.....................................................................................................14

3.4

Cleaning of the Suction Cups .................................................................................................14

3.5

Cleaning of Electronics Compartment ....................................................................................14

3.6

Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet .........................................................................................15

3.7

Check and Cleaning of Drum..................................................................................................15

3.8

Cleaning of Thermal Print Head..............................................................................................16

3.9

Electrical Check ......................................................................................................................17

3.9.1

Basic Protective Earth Test.....................................................................................................17

3.9.2

Electrical Check according to National Regulations. ..............................................................18

MAINTENANCE POINTS - POWER ON ................................................................................19 4.1

Smart Profile Calibration .........................................................................................................19

4.2

Check of Safety Switch ...........................................................................................................21 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS032.07E

5

Maintenance

4.3

SW Patch Installation..............................................................................................................21

4.4

Film Calibration .......................................................................................................................21

4.5

Density Reproduction Check ..................................................................................................22

4.6

Test Image Evaluation ............................................................................................................24

4.7

Host System Image Quality Check .........................................................................................24

COMPLETION OF THE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................25 5.1

Backup Data on CF Card........................................................................................................25

5.2

Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter...................26

5.3

Customer Conversation ..........................................................................................................26

MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST............................................................................................................1





DD+DIS032.07E

1

Maintenance

Introduction The maintenance steps described in this document are based on the technically required measures to guarantee the proper operation of the printer. The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable order to make the work routines as efficient as possible. The sequence of the maintenance points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with the maintenance instructions. Additional maintenance steps can be required according to national regulations.

1.1

Maintenance Frequency The maintenance has to be carried out:

1.2

•

every 25.000 printed films, or

•

every 12 months, whichever comes first.

Required Time •

1.3

Time required for the maintenance: ≤ 2 hours,

Required Tools Description

Order Number / Comment

Calibrated densitometer

recommended types are • MacBeth TR-924 • X-Rite 301 • X-Rite 310 • X-Rite 331 • X-Rite 341 • Gretag D200-2 commercially available commercially available CM+9.9579.9904.0 For Service PC specifications refer to chapter 3.2, Tools. Density reproduction check files are available via MEDNET, GSO Library commercially available CM+9.9999.0830.0

Flash light Multimeter Loupe 8x Service PC with Drystar Density Reproduction Check files Waterproof pen Wrist strap





DD+DIS032.07E

1.4

1.5

Maintenance

Required Cleaning Material Cleaning material

Order Number

Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol

Commercially available

Lint free cloth

Commercially available

Ink eraser 'Pelikan'

10+9.9999.1176.0

Vacuum cleaner; 220/240V, 50Hz

CM+9.9999.0895.0

Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x)

CM+9 9999 0896 0

Required Spare Parts The following spare parts are part of the Maintenance-assortment CM+0 5367 0999 733 Description

Order Number

Case of Exchange/ Usage

Air Filter

CM+343350.X

Exchange each maintenance

NOTE: Always have the latest Drystar Axys software patches available on the Service PC. Depending of the urgency and classification of a software patch it might be necessary to update the printer software.





DD+DIS032.07E

2

Maintenance

Diagnostics The diagnostics before the maintenance comprise following tasks: Task

2.1

Questioning of the Customer

2.1

Infocounter Analysis

2.2

Image Quality Check

2.3

Questioning of the Customer •

2.2

Details see..

Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last maintenance.

Infocounter Analysis Three possibilities exist to get access to the infocounter (see also Figure 3):

#

Access to the infocounter ...

Refer to ...

A

Via printed infocounter on film

2.2.1

B

Via Printers Infocounters Report

2.2.2

C

Via Service Command session

2.2.3

NOTE: We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via printed infocounter on film', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter. 2.2.1

Infocounter Analysis via printed Infocounter on Film Required Tools • none (1)

On the local keypad select key-operator menu "Service Actions - Print Infocounters": A film will be printed with the infocounter data

(2)

Analyze the infocounter as described in section 2.2.4

NOTE: The infocounter is best readable if printed on a 14x17" film. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS032.07E

2.2.2

Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report Required Tools Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter. • (1)

2.2.3

Maintenance

Connect the Service PC to the network. For details see chapter 3.2, Machine specific tools

(2)


(3)


(4)

Select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Printer Infocounters Report"

(5)

Analyze the infocounter file as described in section 2.2.4, How to evaluate the Infocounter

Service PC

Printer

536632el.cdr

Figure 1

Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session Required Tools Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter • (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)

Select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 7 Service Actions - 5 Logging - 2 Infocounters"

Service PC

Printer

536632el.cdr

Figure 2

(5)

Save the infocounter file to the service PC or the CF card.

(6)

Unzip the infocounters ZIP file

(7)

Analyze the infocounter.txt file as described in section 2.2.4, How to evaluate the Infocounter





DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance

Three ways to get Access to the Infocounter

1

7 Service Actions

Print Infocounters


SERVICE TOOLS HOME

2

7 Service Actions 5 Logging 2. Infocounters

General information List of errors Printer Infocounters report DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report QA Report Page Software versions Remote sessions Show printer status Enter key-operator command session Enter service command session Release remote command session

3

Scalingtools Setup Connectivity DICOM profile editor Welcome to this DryStar Axys printer LPD Profile Editor Network configuration Printqueue editor Service - Loggings Controller logging 1. To printer flash card Modules 2. To this computer Module repair Go back 536709cf.cdr

Figure 3





DD+DIS032.07E

2.2.4

Maintenance

How to evaluate the Infocounter

Infocounters.txt evaluation What to check in the infocounter

Comment

1.1 Serial number and Installation date

Compare device serial number with chapter 8 ‘Manufacturing Standard Modification’ to determine whether the device possibly requires a modification. Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), ‘HW Modification History’, to check already made modifications. Compare the currently installed SW version with the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8, SW releases, patches. In case a recommended SW patch is available, install this SW patch.

1.4 Software Info

Refer to section 4.3. Infocounters.txt evaluation What to check in the infocounter 2.3 Reliability

Comment

Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher fault rates need a thorough investigation. 3.3 Hardware By comparing the status of the device with the available Modification History modifications (refer to Technical Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware status can be determined. 3.4 Software Modification By checking the software modification history it can be History determined, whether a recent software upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite often in the error list in the past 5.3 Retries Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints) have to be investigated: They may reduce the throughput of the device. 5.7 Error History Check which errors occurred in the last days, how often they appeared as well as the CBF (cycles between failures) of these errors. This gives an overview of the current status of the machine. 5.8 Error list (sorted by Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the technical relative) and documentation, chapter 3.3, ‘Troubleshooting’. 5.9 Error list (sorted by total):





DD+DIS032.07E

2.3

Maintenance

Image Quality Check (1)

In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage - 1 Test image"

(2)

Print following test images on the largest format available in the film magazines: •

STI1.ZIP

•

STI2.ZIP

•

medicalimage.ZIP

Figure 4: STI, STI2 and medicalimage

The test image as displayed in Figure 4 to Figure 5 will be printed. (3)

Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilm before maintenance

The next step is only required if the customer is using films with 14" and 10" width in mixed mode (see infocounter): (4)

At the lightbox check both, STI2 and medicalimage for dark print stripes in the 10" film edge area: If print stripes are visible in the STI2 and medicalimage, perform a smart profile calibration. Refer to section 4.1. If print stripes are visible in the STI2 image no smart profile calibration is required.

Figure 5

IMPORTANT: If the printer also prints Mammo images, print a Mammo test film "medicalimage" from this tray where DT2 Mammo blue based films are loaded. To make this test film available at a printer with software 1.6.0_C1 proceed as follows:

Figure 6

(1)

Connect via telnet to the printer

(2)

At the C:\> prompt enter: copy C:\images\service\*m.zip D:\images\service

(3)

Print the image from Service Command Session menu - "3 Print Testimage 4 medicalimage.zip" DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS032.07E

3

Maintenance

Maintenance Points - Power off The maintenance with powered-off machine comprises following tasks:

Task

3.1

Check of general Condition

3.1

Check of Condition of Belts and Gears

3.2

Visual Check of the Cables

3.3

Cleaning of the Suction Cups

3.4

Cleaning of Electronics Compartment

3.5

Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet

3.6

Check and Cleaning of Drum

3.7

Cleaning of Thermal Print Head

3.8

Electrical Check

3.9

Check of general Condition (1)

3.2

Details: see...

Perform a visual check of •

Power- and network cables.

•

Covers

•

The Output tray

•

The upper and lower Input tray.

(2)

Disconnect the power and network cable

(3)

Remove the left and right cover to prepare the printer for the next steps

(4)

Remove the films in the film trays including white plastic sheet

Check of Condition of Belts and Gears (1)

Check all belts and gears for visible wear





DD+DIS032.07E

3.3

Visual Check of the Cables (1)

3.4

Maintenance

Check cables inside the printer: The insulation may not show any sign of wear or damage.

Cleaning of the Suction Cups (1)

Pull out the upper pickup unit

(2)

Clean the suction cups with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol.

(3)

Insert the upper pickup unit

(4)

Repeat this step for the lower pickup unit

1

536709da.cdr

Figure 7

3

2

536609cc.cdr

536709db.cdr

Figure 8

3.5

Figure 9

Cleaning of Electronics Compartment (1)

Remove the EMI shielding

(2)

Clean the electronics compartment with a vacuum cleaner.

536709ac.cdr

Figure 10





DD+DIS032.07E

3.6

Maintenance

Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet (1)

Clean the power supply air inlet with a vacuum cleaner.

Figure 11

3.7

Check and Cleaning of Drum (1)

Open the top cover

(2)

Open the "Hold down bracket"

(3)

Open the TH Module

(4)

Remove the flat belt

(5)

Check the drum for dirt or damage by turning at the drum drive pulley.

(6)

In case signs of damage are visible, also check the STI2 test image printed under step "2.3 Image Quality Check": A damage will be visible in the flatfield area of the STI2 test image in distance of 111 mm.

(7)

Clean the rubber of the drum with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol

(8)

Remount the flat belt

536609df.cdr

Figure 12





DD+DIS032.07E

3.8

Maintenance

Cleaning of Thermal Print Head (1)

Clean the TH resistor line with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl - alcohol.

•

The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way!

•

For the Isopropyl alcohol observe the rule: As less water is in the alcohol as better. We recommend using a 90% Isopropyl alcohol.

(2)

Remount all covers

(3)

Insert both input trays

536609cg.cdr

Figure 13

CAUTION: Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage. When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.





DD+DIS032.07E

3.9

Maintenance

Electrical Check The electrical check is split up in two steps:

3.9.1

Step

Task

Details see..

1

Perform the basic protective earth test

3.9.1

2


3.9.2

Basic Protective Earth Test (1)

Use a multimeter that is capable to measure a resistance < 1 Ohm

(2)

Put one probe at the ground connector of the mains input

(3)

Put the other probe at a few metallic parts, the customer could touch. The electrical resistance has to be ≤ 0.2 Ohm. Refer to Figure 14.

536631JN.cdr

2

Figure 14





DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance

(1)

Insert the power cord at the printer side; leave it disconnected at the wall side.

(2)

Put one probe at the ground connector of the mains connector.

(3)

Put the other probe at a few metallic parts, the customer could touch. The electrical resistance in this case has to be ≤ 0.3 Ohm. Refer to Figure 15.

536631JN.cdr

Figure 15 IMPORTANT: If the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for loose grounding connections!

3.9.2

Electrical Check according to National Regulations. Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations. (1) NOTE: The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each 12 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on National Regulations. Example for : BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.





DD+DIS032.07E

4

Maintenance

Maintenance Points - Power on The maintenance with powered-on machine comprises following tasks: Task

4.1

Details: see...

Smart profile calibration

4.1

Check of Safety Switch

4.2

SW Patch Installation

4.3

Film Calibration

4.4

Density Reproduction Check

4.5

Test Image Evaluation

4.6

Host System Image Quality Check

4.7

Smart Profile Calibration IMPORTANT: This step only has to be performed if print stripes in the 10" film edge area are visible in the STI2 and medicalimage. Refer to section 2.3. (1)

Connect the service PC to the printer

(2)

Enter the IP address into the browser window

(3)

Enter Service Engineer Tools

(4)

Select "Enter Service Command Session - 7 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile Calibration"

(5)

Select the densitometer you use for measurement

(6)

Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film will be printed.

(7)

Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen

(8)

Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 16 and Figure 17.

IMPORTANT: The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of 4 minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered values will be reset to "0.00". DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.




DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance



Service - Calibration 1. Film Calibration 2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 3. Print Head Calibration 4. Horizontal Alignment 5. Smart profile calibration

Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration Select Densitometer Macbeth TR924 Gretag X-Rite 301 X-Rite 310 Start Calibration

Go back


Go back

Reset Values


Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration Upper Tray Lower Tray Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format

536736kk.cdr

Step 00 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

Smart Profile Calibration Step Step Step 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 61 0.00 62 0.00 63

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Step 04 09 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 Accept changes

Discard all changes

Reset values

Figure 16





DD+DIS032.07E

4.2

Maintenance

Check of Safety Switch (1)

Switch on the printer. Wait till it shows the READY screen (takes approx. 7 minutes)

(2)

Open top cover

(3)

Check display message: It must show "Close top cover"

536609fa.cdr

Figure 18

4.3

SW Patch Installation (1)

4.4

Install the latest SW patch, in case a recommended SW patch for the printer is available. Refer to chapter 3.8, Software Releases, Patches.

Film Calibration (1)

Select in key-operator menu '6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'

(2)

Follow the instructions on the display.

(3)

Repeat film calibration for second input tray

536336as.cdr

Figure 19





DD+DIS032.07E

4.5

Maintenance


REQUIRED TOOLS: • Service PC with Density reproduction check files, available via MEDNET: 'GSO library - Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General Services Info => Application Info => Density Reproduction Check Excel Sheet'

PURPOSE:

With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked. This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration. This procedure must be carried out with every used film type: (1)

In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"

(2)

Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 % – 0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer.

(4)

To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check Excel file.

(5)

After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is calculated automatically.

(6)

At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to carry out a CDM calibration.





DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance


X-rite 3414

Dmax = 305

Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check 100% 20 20 0 0 90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 80% 74 77 -3 0 70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0 60% 130 134 -4 0 50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0 40% 186 191 -5 0 30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0 20% 244 248 -4 0 10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0 0% 300 305 -5 0 When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot, e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0

Density Reproduction =

OK

No MDM calibration needed for DT2B film

Lower limit 0 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -9 -9 -9 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -11 -11 -11 -11 -12

Upper limit 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12

Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS 15 10

Density Difference

Density 0 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300 315


5 0


-5 -10 -15 0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Target Density

Figure 20

NOTE: The measured density values have to be entered without decimal point (e.g. measured value = .23, value to enter = 23)





DD+DIS032.07E

4.6

Test Image Evaluation (1)

In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage - 1 Test image".

(2)

Print following test images on the largest format available in the film trays: •

STI.ZIP

•

STI2.ZIP

•

medicalimage.ZIP

(3)

If the printer is used for Mammo and CR application, also print a medicalimage.zip (Service command session: 3 Print Testimage 4 medicalimage.zip) from this tray, where mammo films are loaded.

(4)

Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilms after maintenance

(5)

Check all three (four) images at the lightbox. Following items must been checked:

(6)

(7)

4.7

Maintenance

•

Line artifacts in transport direction

•

Line artifacts vertical to the transport direction

•

Point artifacts

•

Surface artifacts

Evaluate the test images at follows: 1. If no artifacts are seen on the STI / STI2 image continue with next step 2. If artifacts seen on STI / STI2 image aren’t visible on the medicalimage continue with next step. 3. In other case (i.e. artifacts which are visible in STI / STI2 are visible on medicalimage, too) refer to Technical Documentation chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting” Compare the test images "after maintenance" with the test images made "before maintenance": The image quality of the last printed medicalimage and STI/STI2 test image must be equal or better than the images made before maintenance.

Host System Image Quality Check (1)

Print a diagnostic image from every host system.

(2)

Check images of each host at the lightbox for artifacts in diagnostic image.

(3)

In case artifacts are visible, compare with artifacts in last STI /STI2 image. •

In case artifacts are also visible in STI / STI2 image, refer to Technical Documentation chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting”.

•

In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in STI / STI2 image, initiate a service call of modality service engineer





DD+DIS032.07E

5

Maintenance

Completion of the maintenance The Completion of the maintenance comprises following tasks:

Task

5.1

Details see..

Backup Data on CF Card

5.1

Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter

5.2

Customer Conversation

5.3

Backup Data on CF Card (1)

Open the upper film tray and take out the CF card.

(2)

Insert the CF card in the printer CF card reader

(3)

In the Key-operator menu select "4 Save configuration".

(4)

Follow the instructions on the printer display.

536709fl.cdr

Figure 21

536609fl.cdr

Figure 22





DD+DIS032.07E

5.2

Maintenance

Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter (1)

In the Browser menu select "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 4 Clear relative counters".

(2)

Select ' 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 1 Maintenance Settings'

(3)

Select 'y' for yes at each desired 'Reset Item'. See 1 in Figure 23.

(4)

Select "Accept Changes". See 2 in Figure 23.

(5)

When leaving the Service menu select "Preventive maintenance" as service action.


Service - Service actions Active Reset Item

Maintenance Action

Cycles Factory to go settings

Thermal head cleaning required

0

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Replace thermal head anti dust filter

19030

25000

25000

Y N

Y N

Replace thermal head (end of life)

52520

62500

62500

Y N

Y N

Film calibration upper tray required

1898

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Film calibration lower tray required

2505

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Service maintenance required

0

5000

5000

Y N

Y N

Current settings

1

2 Accept Changes

Discard Changes

Reset Values

536709fk.cdr

Figure 23

5.3

Customer Conversation (1)

Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.

(2)

Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.





Maintenance Maintenance Checklist

DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance Checklist

Work Instruction for order no.

SN

Film cycles

The maintenance has to be carried out: Every 12 months or 25 000 printed films

NOTE: Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions DD+DIS032.07E

Done

Diagnostics Questioning of the • Questioning of the customer about problems with customer the printer. Infocounter analysis

• Read-out and analyzation of the infocounter

Image quality check

• Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image for comparison with test images at final system check DONE

Maintenance points - Power off Check of general condition

• Visual check of power and network cable. • Visual check of covers and film magazines

Check of condition • Visual check of all belts and gears in the printer. of belts and gears Visual check of the cables

• Check of cables inside the printer for damage

Cleaning of the suction cups

• Cleaning of the suction cups of both film pickup assemblies with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol

Cleaning of Electronics rack

• Cleaning of the Electronic rack with a vacuum cleaner.

Cleaning of Power • Cleaning of the Power supply air inlet with a supply air inlet vacuum cleaner






DD+DIS032.07E

Check and Cleaning of Drum

• Check of the rubber of the drum for damage.

Cleaning of Thermal print head

• Cleaning of the Thermal print head with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol

Electrical check

• Check of the protective earth resistance

• Cleaning of the rubber of the drum with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol.

DONE

Maintenance points - Power on Smart Profile Calibration

• Performing smart profile calibration, if print stripes are visible in the 10" film edge area

Check of safety switch

• Opening of top cover to check function of safety switch

SW patch installation

• Installation of SW patch, in case a recommended SW patch for the printer is available

Film calibration

• Calibration of the films in both input trays.


• Density Reproduction Check to confirm proper operating CDM. Execution of CDM calibration if not okay.

Test image evaluation

•

Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image

•

Comparison with test images made during printer diagnostics

•

Check for artifacts on the film. In case of artifacts in STI1 / STI2 and medical test image troubleshooting as described in chapter 3.3 Troubleshooting.

•

Printing of diagnostic image from every host system

•

Check concerning artifacts in diagnostic image. Comparison with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2 image.

Host system image quality check

o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2 image, troubleshooting as described in chapter 3.3 Troubleshooting. o In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in STI1 / STI2 image, initiation of service call of modality service engineer





DD+DIS032.07E

Maintenance

DONE

Completion Backup

• Backup of machine specific parameters

Reset of Maintenance action counters and relative infocounter

• Reset of Maintenance action counters

Customer conversation

• Explanation of results of preventive maintenance.

• Reset of relative infocounter • Confirmation of the maintenance in the printer service menu.






DD+DIS032.07E

Remarks: ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................... Date / Signature Service Technician

.................................................................. Customer





Document No: DD+DIS032.07E Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved.

Published by Agfa HealthCare N.V. Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.



HEALTHCARE

Chapter 10

Imaging Services

Service Bulletins



►

Please note

Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for . Please the Service Bulletins from the GSO Library: MEDNET GSO Æ Hardcopy Æ Dry Printers Æ Drystar Axys Æ Service Bulletin




Document Node ID: 22088298 service_bulletin_cover_e_template_v01


DD+DIS033.07E

Service Bulletins

intentionally left blank




Chapter 10 / 2


HEALTHCARE

Chapter 11

Imaging Services

Installation Planning



Edition 1, Revision 1

This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS031.07E. CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

12-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14350164 eq_11_install-planning_e_template_v04



1

DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3



(2)


Printed copies of this document are not controlled. The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.




DD+DIS031.07E

►


1

2

3

Purpose of this document This document contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried out on site prior to the machine delivery.

►

►


Release Date

Changes compared to previous version 1.0

1.1

12-2007

•

Corrected wrong outlet and cable specification for US: Wrong: NEMA 6-15p outlet/cable Correct: NEMA 5-15p outlet/cable. See section 8.

•

Adapted throughput and access time parameters to parameters listed in printer datasheet. See section 9.2


Title

n.a.

n.a.





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

LIST OF CONTENTS

1

INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST................................................................................6

2

SYSTEM OVERVIEW...............................................................................................................7

3

SCOPE OF DELIVERY AND ACCESSORIES.........................................................................8 3.1

Scope of delivery ......................................................................................................................8

3.2

Accessories...............................................................................................................................9

4

MACHINE DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................10

5

MINIMUM FREE SPACE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .....................................11

6

SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................................................12

7

8

6.1

Network integration parameters..............................................................................................12

6.2

Modality Setup Parameters.....................................................................................................13

6.3

Setup of Security and Privacy (optional).................................................................................16

6.3.1

List of Key-operator, Service people and Specialists with access rights................................16

6.3.2

Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters ................................................................17

6.3.3

Availability of certificates.........................................................................................................18

6.4

Service Host Parameters ........................................................................................................18

6.5

Example for System Integration..............................................................................................19

AMBIENT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................19 7.1

During operation .....................................................................................................................19

7.2

During transport and storage ..................................................................................................20

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..............................................................................................21 8.1

9

Electrical Connections at the Printer.......................................................................................22

SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................23 9.1

Type Overview ........................................................................................................................23

9.2

Functional Data .......................................................................................................................23

9.2.1

Pixel Matrices..........................................................................................................................24

9.3

Electrical Data .........................................................................................................................25

9.4

Climatic Data...........................................................................................................................25

9.5

Sound Emission Data .............................................................................................................25





DD+DIS031.07E

10


1

2

3

9.6

Interface Data..........................................................................................................................25

9.7

Service Data............................................................................................................................25

9.8

Dimensions and Weight ..........................................................................................................26

9.8.1

Dimensions, packed machine .................................................................................................26

9.8.2

Dimensions, closed Machine ..................................................................................................26

9.8.3

Dimensions, opened Machine.................................................................................................26

9.8.4

Weight .....................................................................................................................................26

SAFETY STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .......................................................................27





DD+DIS031.07E

1


1

2

3

Installation Planning Checklist

#

Step

Goal

See section

1.

Make yourself familiar with the To see in which surrounding the printer will System Overview be installed

2.

Have a look at the scope of delivery

Basic information, to see whether additional, site specific material for installation might be required

3.1

3.

Have a look at the available accessories

To be able to order required accessories before the installation

3.2

4.

Have a look at the machine dimensions

To be able to check, whether the printer fits in the desired installation place

5.

Check the required free space To see whether enough free space for around the printer. operation, repair and maintenance is available.

5

6.

Organize the required network To have all parameters in advance, to parameters to hook up the prevent a delay during installation printer in the existing network.

6

7.

Get up-to-date Connectivity To be prepared for modality specific Release Documents for the adjustments at the printer modalities which shall print on the printer

8.

Compare the required ambient and climatic conditions with the condition at the installation place.

To prevent installation of the printer in an inappropriate environment, leading to functional faults.

7

9.

Check the required electrical connection

To be able to initiate all required prerequisites in advance to allow proper electrical connections

8

Okay

2

4

6.2

10. Make yourself familiar with the To have all printer parameters available printer specifications which might be required for people who are involved in installation and operation of the printer.

9

11. Have a look at the printer safety standards and regulations

To have the safety standards and regulations for which the printer is tested available in case they are requested by the hospital istration.

10

12. Confirm the installation readiness

To be sure that all required pre-installation conditions are fulfilled.

Last Page





DD+DIS031.07E

2


1

2

3

System Overview

536711JK.CDR

Figure 1

Device

Comment

Modality

The modality has to the DICOM print protocol

DRYSTAR AXYS

Dry printer for • 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films • 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films

NOTE: Remark for an Installation in a 'HIPAA conform environment': In Figure 1 two additional, optional modules are not listed: 1) Audit logging server: This is a computer in the networking allowing to store all communication between the different devices in the network. 2) NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server: This is a computer providing time synchronization. It is useful for audit logging, so that all messages of all devices have the same time reference. Both devices are only required in a 'HIPAA' environment, where high data security is required. For more information refer to section 6.3.





DD+DIS031.07E


3

Scope of Delivery and Accessories

3.1

Scope of delivery

1

2

3

NOTE: The printer is delivered with all parts, which are required to install it in an existing Ethernet network. Device name:

DRYSTAR AXYS

Type:

5367/100

ABC Code

EYZ4E

Scope of delivery •

1 Basic DRYSTAR Axys including: - 2 input trays adjustable for all film sizes - 1 output tray

• 1 Compact Flash card (stored in backup CF card slot in input tray) • 2 power cables (Europe / US) • 1 UTP network cable, 5 m long (2 x RJ45 connection) incl. extension piece • 1 Reference manual (English) • 1 Manual (English; Chinese simplified, Spanish) • 1 CD with all manuals and Plug&Play installation manuals in all languages* • 1 packing list • 1 Plug and Play Installation manual (English) • 25 films 14x17" DT 2B for test purposes • 25 films 8x10" DT 2B for test purposes • 2 sets film type labels • 1 Chinese warning sticker • 1 CE declaration of conformity • 1 China ROHS declaration • 1 Installation Report *available languages: Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Vietnamese





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

IMPORTANT: The printer is delivered with two 3 m power cables. See Figure 8. • For US: NEMA 5-15P with IEC C13 plug (female) • For Europe: CEE7/7 with IEC C13 plug (female) Organize a power cable for your country locally. See section 8 for “Mains connection in the installation room” specifications.

3.2

Accessories

Item

Order Number

Comment

Mobile Kit

EX2DV

Contains a metal frame for fixing the printer on a table or floor. To be used in earthquake areas and in mobile usage. May not be used in military vessels.

536711al.cdr

Mammo license

EY8RN

Contains the mammo license key. When entering this key, the printer is able to print Dmax up to 3.80 O.D., what is required for mammo printing.

NOTE: Accessory "Remote Service": In general it is possible to diagnose and repair the printer to a certain extent remotely. To enable remote service of the printer remote access has first to be organized. Remote Access is established via the Agfa own Secure Remote Service System (SRSS). For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET – GSO Library - Technical





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

Services - Service Delivery - SRSS

4

Machine dimensions

71 . 28 5 c .2 m "

Closed machine:

72, 8 28. cm 7"

67,6 cm 26.6"

536711jo.cdr

Figure 2

76 cm 29,9" 536711jn.cdr

11 45 6 c ,7 m "

Opened machine:

536711jp.cdr

Figure 3

Figure 4





DD+DIS031.07E

1

2

3

Minimum free space for operation and maintenance

60 0 23 m m . 6"

5


60 0 23 mm .6"

60 0 23 mm .6"

60 0 23 m m .6"

54 0 23 mm .6"

80 0 31 mm .5"

536611JL.cdr

Space required for servicing and installation

Space required for normal use

Figure 5 NOTE: In case the minimum free space for installation and repair is not available, the printer can be carried at a different place. The printer weight is 90 kg (198 lb). It can in general be carried by three people. CAUTION: The device is heavy (90 kg / 198 lb). Risk of injuries. At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other. Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device. The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device weight may be too heavy for the table. Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more than 90 kg (198 lb).





DD+DIS031.07E

6


1

2

3

System integration The system integration comprises the following tasks:

Task

Refer to

Network integration of the printer

6.1

Modality setup

6.2

Setup of security and privacy (optional)

6.3

Setup of the Agfatek Link Service Host

6.4

For each of these steps various parameters are required in advance. They can be entered in the following tables:

6.1

Network integration parameters To connect the printer to the hospital network, the following parameters are required by the hospital network : Parameter

Default

Value

Printer IP address

169.254.10.10

.............................................

Hostname

dsaxys

.............................................

Subnet mask

255.255.0.0

.............................................

Router IP address

-

.............................................

Printer AE title*

DSAXYS

.............................................

Domain name

-

.............................................

*two or more AE-titles can be configured at the printer. See note next page The Hospital Network needs the following information about the printer: Network connection

RJ45 UTP, 1000 BaseT acc. to IEC601

Transmission protocol

DICOM Version 3.0; FTP, Telnet, HTTP, SNMP, SMTP

Image formats

DICOM





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

NOTE: Logical Printer Configuration to printing for different applications: It is possible to define more than one AE title at the printer – this means it's possible to have two or more “logical” DRYSTAR AXYS printers. To configure logical S printers can be necessary, in case for example printing is initiated at a PACS system, which has several modalities as input. Example: The PACS system collects CR and CT images. •

CR images shall be printed with taste LUT Kanamori

•

CT images shall be printed with linear taste LUT.

Problem: The workstation at the PACS system has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR AXYS does not recognize, for which type of modality (CR or CT) the wants to print. Solution: •

Create one logical printer 'DRYSTARAXYS_CR' and one 'DRYSTARAXYS_CT'.

•

Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers, one with Kanamori LUT, the other with linear taste LUT.

•

In the workstation setup both printers: The has to select the proper logical printer, depending on the application.

⇒ The number of logical S printers is limited. As each configured S server consumes resources of the printer, use as little S servers as possible. Rule of thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.

6.2

Modality Setup Parameters For setup of the modalities at the printer, the following parameters have to be collected at the hospital network :





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

Modality 1: ................................................... (nickname* of the modality; max. 8 characters (letters/figures)) Parameter

Value

Modality brand

...........................................................................

Modality type

...........................................................................

Modality AE_title

...........................................................................


Value

Modality brand

...........................................................................

Modality type

...........................................................................

Modality AE_title

...........................................................................


Value

Modality brand

...........................................................................

Modality type

...........................................................................

Modality AE_title

...........................................................................


Value

Modality brand

...........................................................................

Modality type

...........................................................................

Modality AE_title

...........................................................................

*Nickname: The name of the modality which is used by the personnel. Example: The workstation "Siemens Icon Power PC" could be named "Icon" in the daily use. At the printer configuration this name is entered as "nickname".





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

Many modalities have been tested with the printer. For several of the tested modalities specific parameters have to be set at the printer. This is documented in the “Connectivity Release Document”. IMPORTANT: (1)

Check via Interface Status Report, whether the modality which shall print at the Drystar Axys is tested and released.

(2)

If a connectivity release document for the modality – printer connection exists, read this document before installation.

NOTE concerning Interface Status Report and Connectivity Release Documents: The up-to-date interface status report lists all modalities, for which the connectivity to any Agfa HealthCare device is tested and released. The ISR (Interface Status Report) is available on MEDNET - HealthCare Library General Info - Connectivity & Application - To Agfa - Application Info - Agfa ISRxyz.pdf (only via Intranet – not via Internet). The ISR also lists the Connectivity Release Document numbers. Example see Figure 6 PHILIPS, CR EASYVISION RAD 4.2

DRYSTAR 4500(M)/5500/5300 Image :

ETHERNET II DICOM 3.0 Control : ETHERNET II DICOM PRINT MANAGEMENT SCU Status : Released for installation Document : 000874 Remarks : 5365_reg11_006_e.cdr

Connectivity Release Document Number

Figure 6 Connectivity Release Documents: Specific connectivity information for the DRYSTAR AXYS can be found in the Connectivity Release Documents. The Connectivity Release Documents are available on MEDNET (Intranet and Internet), Imaging Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application Not all modalities that are tested for Drystar 4500 (M)/ 5500 / 5503 / 5300 / 5302 are also tested for Drystar AXYS. As the controller part for all printers is more or less identical, except behaviour regarding film sizes and output tray, modalities that are tested for Drystar 4500 (M)/ 5500 / 5503 / 5300 / 5302 can also be connected to Drystar AXYS.





DD+DIS031.07E

6.3


1

2

3

Setup of Security and Privacy (optional) In case HIPAA compliance is required, following items have to be checked in advance: Item

Refer to

s and service people who may have access

6.3.1

Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters

6.3.2

Availability of certificates

6.3.3

NOTE: The parameters for 'Security and Privacy' have to be determined and entered by the 'hospital security responsible person'. Please hand out the pages of this subsection (6.3) to the 'hospital security responsible person'. 6.3.1

List of Key-operator, Service people and Specialists with access rights The list of Key-operators is limited to 50. The Key-Operator has access to the KeyOperator webpages of the printer. Following conventions are valid: • name: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters • Network : min. 4 characters, max 10 characters #

name

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.





DD+DIS031.07E


1

2

3

The list of service people is limited to 8. The service people have access to the service web pages. Following conventions are valid: • name: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters • Network : min. 4 characters, max 10 characters #

Service person name

1. 2. 3. 4. The list of Specialists is limited to 1. The Specialist has access to the specialist web pages. Following conventions are valid: • name: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters • Network : min. 4 characters, max 10 characters #

Specialist name

1.

6.3.2

Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters To setup the Audit Logging and NTP server in the printer, request the following parameters from the hospital network :

Parameter

Value

Audit Logging IP address

................................................................

Audit Logging port number

................................................................

NTP server IP address

...............................................................

NTP server port number

...............................................................





DD+DIS031.07E

6.3.3


1

2

3

Availability of certificates Check with the hospital network , that certificates are available for all devices, which shall be HIPAA compliant. NOTE: • Agfa devices which are according to the HIPAA specifications have Agfa certificates already loaded. • All certificates issued by Agfa have a validity period of 10 years

6.4

Service Host Parameters NOTE: The AGFATEK LINK Service Host is optional in the network. It is an optional part of the SRSS (Secure Remote Service System). For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET – GSO Library - Technical Services - Service Delivery - SRSS

Parameter

Default

Value

Service Host IP address

192.9.200.155

.............................................

Phone Number

--

.............................................





DD+DIS031.07E

6.5


1

2

3

Example for System Integration

IP Address:192.9.200.155

Digitizer: CR 75.0

Service Host

ADC QS

Ultrasound

Nickname: Digitizer Modality Brand: AGFA Modality Type: CR QS Calling AE-Title: QS Nickname: Modality Brand: Modality Type: Calling AE-Title:

Printer

53 67 11 ad .cd r

Ultrasound ACUSON ASPEN US_ASPEN

192.9.200.201 IP address: dsaxys Hostname: 255.255.255.0 Subnet mask: Router IP address: Printer AE Title: DSAXYS Domain name:

Figure 7

7

Ambient conditions

7.1

During operation Ambient temperature:

min.: max.:

+15°C (59°F) +30°C (86°F)

Relative humidity: (non condensing)

min.: max.:

20% 75%





DD+DIS031.07E

7.2


1

2

3

During transport and storage NOTE: •

Climate conditions for storage must be in accordance with EN60721-3-1-class 1K4

•

Climate conditions for transport must be in accordance with EN60721-3-2(1993)-class 2K4

Ambient temperature

min.:

- 25°C (-13°F)

during storage:

max.:

+ 55°C (131°F)

Relative humidity

min.: max.:

10% 95%

min.: max.:

0.1 g/m³ 35 g/m³

Rate of temperature change during storage

max.:

1 °C/min.

Air pressure during storage

Min. max.:

70 kPa 106 kPa

Ambient temperature during transport:

min.:

- 40°C (-40°F)

max.:

+ 70°C (158°F)

Relative humidity during transport:

min.: max.:

10% 95%

during storage: Absolute humidity during storage:





DD+DIS031.07E

8


1

2

3

Electrical connections Installation guidelines

Electrical installations have to be done in accordance with national regulations. Examples: VDE

() Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with the regulations IEC 364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.

UL

(US) Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with the regulations: “National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).

IMPORTANT: A ground fault interrupter (GFI) (IN = 30 mA) must be installed at a suitable point in the circuit (in compliance with VDE 664).

Mains connection in the installation room

Mains cable (part of the delivery)

VDE

Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.

UL

Earthed outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug

EuroVersion:

CEE7/7 - H05VV - F3G - 3 x 2.5 mm² with IEC C13 plug (female); cable length 3 m

US/CANVersion:

NEMA 5-15P - SJT, 3 x AWG 18 with IEC C13 plug (female); Cable length 3 m

US

Europe

IEC C13

CEE7/7 IEC C13

NEMA 5-15P

5366_chap11_001.cdr

Figure 8 Network cable (part of the delivery)

UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m

Main switch

Upon machine installation, it must be ensured that either the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the installation on site is located close to the machine and easily accessible.





DD+DIS031.07E

8.1


1

2

3

Electrical Connections at the Printer

Ground plug. 6 mm metric thread

100 - 240 V AC power supply

Equipotential plug Network connection. RJ45 UTP for 100BaseT network, according to IEC 601 Service Interface. RS232 Interface male DTE 9 pin sub D (nullmodem)

536611JM.cdr

Figure 9





DD+DIS031.07E

9

Specifications

9.1

Type Overview

9.2


Printer

Type

DRYSTAR AXYS

5367/100

1

2

3

Functional Data Film sizes

14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"

Throughput (films/hour) 14x17"

75 sheets / hour

Throughput (films/hour) 8x10" (mammo)

130 sheets / hour

Access time1st film 14 x 17"

65 secs.

Access time1st film 8 x 10" (mammo)

40 secs.

Printable area(pixels)

Refer to 9.2.1

resolution(DPI)

508 (50 µm Pixel size)

Bits per pixel / number of grey steps Daylight film loading

12 / 4096 yes

Films per film magazine

100 films

Number of film magazines

2

Image recording type

Direct thermography

Densitometer built in

yes

Automatic density control

yes ≥ 73 GB

Hard disk capacity RAM Memory

Plugged on Thanos: 512 MB

Warm-up time

Approx. 7 min. (cold printer)





DD+DIS031.07E

9.2.1


1

2

3

Pixel Matrices These tables list the diagnostic print matrices (= addressable area by the modality). At some modalities this information has to be entered by the modality service engineer.

Diagnostic Area for Non-Mammo Printing: NO annotations

WITH annotations

Portr.&Landsc.

Portrait

Landscape

Film Size

Width & Height

Width

Height

Width

Height

8INX10IN 10INX12IN 11INX14IN 14INX14IN 14INX17IN

3852 4880 5376 6882 6922

3852 4880 5376 6882 6922

4300 5280 6342 6302 7788

4880 5860 6922 6882 8368

3272 4300 4796 6302 6342

4880 5860 6922 6882 8368

Table 1: Pixel Matrices Non Mammo Printing.

Diagnostic Area for Mammo Printing: NO annotations

WITH annotations

Portr.&Landsc.

Portrait

Landscape

Film Size

Width & Height

Width

Height

Width

Height

8INX10IN 10INX12IN 11INX14IN

3828 4892 5376

3828 4892 5376

4378 5320 6342

4958 5810 6922

3248 4312 4796

4958 5810 6922

Table 2: Pixel Matrices Mammo Printing.

NOTE: If trim is used around the images (trim is a small, white frame around each image on the film – this can be configured via DICOM host profiles), the diagnostic area is 6 pixels smaller at each edge of the film.





DD+DIS031.07E

9.3


1

2

3

Electrical Data Rated voltage [~V]

100-240 AC (autosensing)

Frequency [Hz]

50/60

Power consumption [W]

70 standby 250 printing average 530 peak

9.4

Climatic Data Heat emission [kJ/h]

252 standby 900 printing average 1908 maximum

9.5

Sound Emission Data Noise level:

9.6

in standby: in operation:

Interface Data Image / control data interface

DICOM 3.0 Print S

Maximum number of simultaneous DICOM associations Network connection

9.7

53 dB(A) maximum 62 dB(A) maximum

10 RJ45 UTP, 1000 BaseT (1 GB/s) acc. to IEC601

Service Data InfoCounter

yes

Error diagnostics built in

yes

Module exchange concept

yes

Remote/preventive service capable

yes





DD+DIS031.07E


9.8

Dimensions and Weight

9.8.1

Dimensions, packed machine

9.8.2

9.8.3

9.8.4

Length / depth (cm / inch)

90 / 35.4

Width (cm / inch)

87 / 34.2

Height (cm / inch)

69 / 27.2

Height incl. Pallet (cm / inch)

84 / 33.1

1

2

3

Dimensions, closed Machine Width (cm / inch)

72,8 / 28.6

Length / depth (cm / inch)

71,5 / 28.2

Height with output tray (cm / inch)

67,6 / 26.6

Height without output tray (cm / inch)

53,6 / 21.1

Dimensions, opened Machine Width (cm / inch)

72,8 / 28.6

Length / depth (cm / inch) with film trays opened

116 / 45.7

Height (cm / inch) with top cover opened

76 / 29.9

Weight Printer alone (kg / lb)

90 / 198

Printer with packing incl. palette (kg / lb)

120,5 / 265,6





DD+DIS031.07E

10


1

2

3

Safety Standards and Regulations The printer has been tested and found to comply with the following international standards and regulations: • •

Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC CFR Part 21

Safety standards: • • • • •

IEC 60601-1 + A1 + A2 EN 60601-1 + A1 + A2 UL 60601-1:2003 CSA 22.2 No. 601.1-M90 GB4943-2001

Radio-interference regulations (interference suppression): • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

FCC Rules 47 CFR part 15 subpart B, class A FCC rules 47 CFT part 15 subpart C, class B IEC 60601-1-2 CISPR 11, class A CISPR 22, class A IEC 61000-4-3 IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 61000-4-6 IEC 61000-3-2 IEC 61000-3-3 IEC 61000-4-11 ETSI 300330 GB9254-1998 (Class A) GB17625.1-2003

The DRYSTAR AXYS carries the FCC ID: HPL5367, CE, TUV, cULus and CCC label.





HEALTHCARE

INSTALLATION SITE READINESS CHECKLIST

Imaging Services

Name of Field Service Engineer: Client name:

_________________ Checking date:____________

___________________________________________________________

Client address:

__________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________

person, name and title: ___________________________________________________________ Client phone number:

________________________

Extension:_________________

Type of systems: ___________________ Order /OGT number: _____________________

#

Item

Refer to

1

All parts, which are required additionally to the "scope of delivery" (e.g. power cables) are available at the installation site

3

The planned installation place has enough space for installation, operation and repair

4

The required system integration parameters are available

5

The required connectivity Release Documents are available

6

The Host System is installed and the Host System Service Engineer is scheduled to setup the printer at the host system.

--

7

The ambient conditions are within the given limits

7

8

The electrical connection is available as specified

8

okay

3.1 4 and 5 6 6.2

Remarks:______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

Signature of the FSE or Product Specialist: DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. 1


Document No: DD+DIS031.07E Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V. All rights reserved. Technical modifications reserved.

Published by Agfa HealthCare N.V. Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D - 81539 München AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare NV



HEALTHCARE

Chapter 12

Glossary

Imaging Services



►

Purpose of this document This document contains explanations of product specific and abbreviations used in the service documentation for DRYSTAR AXYS.

►

►


Release Date

Changes

1.0

10-2007

•

Initial Version


Title

n.a.

n.a.


10-2007 printed in

Document Node ID: 14350512 eq_12_glossary_e_template_v04



DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary



(2)






DD+DIS033.07E

1

Glossary

Glossary Term

Short description

2-Propanol (Isopropyl alcohol)

Alcohol used for cleaning purposes.

Term

Short description

A AE-Title

Application Entity Title. A DICOM capable device in the network is unambiguously identified by its IP address, hostname and AE-Title . DRYSTAR Axys has the AE-Title "DSAXYS" by default. The AE-Title for the Drystar AXYS in the DICOM Host must be identical with the AE-Title in the Drystar AXYS itself. The AE-Title is set up during installation. To make a clear distinction between AE-title and IP address, it is recommended to use only lower case characters for the hostname. Preferably use the same name as for the AE-title, but in lowercase.

Adressable Area

This area on film, on which the thermal head can print. The adressable area is smaller than the complete film, as the thermal head may not print over the film (i.e. on the drum). See also "diagnostic area".

AGFATEK LINK

Device out of the AGFATEK product spectrum for remote service. Enables to make a dial-up-networking connection between local PC and the AGFA network.

Anti-static wrist strap Wrist strap made of synthetic material with integrated threadlike metal. Used for "grounding" the service engineer during service at printed circuit boards. Prevents electronic components from being destroyed by static discharge.

Term

Short description

B B/W

Black and White.

Battery RAM

A RAM component, whose contents is being stored by the tension of a battery.





DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary

Term

Short description

Blue Based Film

Film with a blue colored layer. The fog level of this film is approx. 0.2 O.D. See also "Clear Based Film"

Browser

Application used for reading Internet pages. The commonly used browsers are Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator.

Term

Short description

C Calibration

Process which determines a reproducible correlation between input and output values.

Clear Based Film

Film with a transparent layer. The fog level of this film is approx. 0.15 O.D. See also "Blue Based Film"

COM1, COM2

Names for the first two serial interfaces of a computer

U (Devil) Board

Printed circuit board to control the main functions of the printer, U.

Term

Short description

D DA Converter

Digital Analog Converter.

DCE

Data Communications Equipment. Term out of the RS232 specification. DCE equipment sends data on pin 3 and receives on pin 2. The RS232 interface from modems or PC's is almost always DCE. To connect a DCE with a DTE device, a standard RS232 cable is required. To establish a DCE - DCE connection, respectively a DTE DTE connection a nullmodem cable is required. See also DTE.

Densitometer

Device used for measuring the optical density of the film.

Diagnostic Area

This area on film which is is used by the printer for the actual image sent from the modality. The diagostic area is smaller than the adressable area, as the diagnosic area is surrounded by a black frame.

DICOM

Digital Imaging and Communication in Medicine. A network protocol, which is wide spread in the medical world, and used for interchanging text and images.





DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary

Term

Short description

DICOM PMS

DICOM Print Management Service. A device which provides DICOM PMS (= provider) makes it possible to print DICOM images. A device which uses DICOM PMS (= ) is able to control a DICOM printer. The DRYSTAR Axys is a DICOM PMS Provider.

Dmin / Dmax

Minimal / maximal optical density on the film.

DNS

Domain Name System The DNS server builds up the connection between IPaddress and Domain name.

Domain Name

The Domain Name is the name for a device in the network. It provides for a more comfortable to a network node by calling it via name instead of the IP address. In the internet for example the IP address 19.5.6.121 can be ed by the name 'johnson.com'. To identify a device in the network via a name it has to be ed in a DNS server. The network system determines the domain name for DRYSTAR AXYS.

DPI

Dots Per Inch. Pixels per Inch (1 inch = 2,54 cm)

DRA

Direct Remote Access. Remote service

DTE

Data Terminal Equipment. Term out of the RS232 Specification. DTE equipment sends data on pin 2 and receives on pin 3. See also DCE.

Term

Short description

E EEPROM

Electrically Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory. Memory chip that can be electronically erased and programmed again.

EMC

ElectroMagnetic Compatibility.

EMI

ElectroMagnetic Interference.

EPROM

Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory. Memory chip that can be erased by ultraviolet light and be electronically programmed again.

Ethernet

Network carrier technology for LANs (Local Area Networks).





DD+DIS033.07E

Term

Glossary

Short description

F FIFO

First In, First Out. Way of storing data that first selects the data that have been entered first. Used in (print) queues.

Film batch

Number printed on the film packet. It changes with every new film emulsion. Only the films with the same film batch have exactly the same characteristics.

Film Sensitometry

Calibration of the film. By calibrating, the printer gets a table with certain density values for certain control values.

Film type

Film of a certain producer or a similar producer but with different characteristics (sensitivity, contrast).

FireWire

Serial bus standard also known as IEEE1394. Data rate up to 400 Mb/s.

Flash EPROM

An EPROM in which data have to be deleted in fixed blocks instead of separate bytes.

Fog level

Lowest optical density that can be measured on the film.

FPGA

Field Programmable Gate Array. A logic chip, which can be programmed. An FPGA can be programmed after its production.

FSE

Field Service Engineer. Service technician.

FTP

File Transfer Protocol. A network protocol required for file transfer within the network.

Term

Short description

G GSN

Global Network. Part of the Agfa HealthCare service organisation.

Term

Short description

H





DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary

Term

Short description

Heat sink

Assembly to absorb and dissipate heat. It is used with the thermal print head to dissipate its surplus heat energy.

HTTP

HyperText Transmission Protocol. Protocol that determines the data format and the way of transmission of HTML-pages in the World Wide Web (WWW).

Host

In the computer world a host computer is a device, which provides services and settings for other computers. Especially in the world of medical devices a host system is the device at which the printer is going to be connected to.

Hyper Terminal

A Windows program used for serial data communication between two computers.

Term

Short description

I ICM

Image Composition Map. Complete image data for a complete film. These image data correspond to the several pixels on the film that is going to be printed.

IEC

International Electro technical Commission

Infocounter

File in the printer, which logs lots of information and events. The infocounter contains for example the date of the installation, the SW version and all the errors that have occurred.

IP-Address

Internet Protocol Address. A 32 Bit address, which is assigned to each T/IP host. Example: 192.9.200.201.

ISDN

Integrated Services Digital Network. Telecommunication network which allows different ways of communication (language, text, data, images) to be transferred in one united public net.





DD+DIS033.07E

Term

Glossary

Short description

J Java

An object oriented programming language developed by Sun Microsystems. It is independent of the computer system used. Java is used for browsers in the WWW.

Term

Short description

K KEY6 Assy

Printed circuit board to control the printer keypad.

Term

Short description

L LCD-Display

Liquid Crystal Display. By supplying a voltage the liquid crystals are arranged such that a contrast is visible.

LED

Light Emitting Diode. Diode which emits green, yellow or red light.

LUT

Look-Up Table, contrast reference curve, e.g. Kanamori LUT.

Term

Short description

M Mammography

X-ray diagnostics of the female breast.

Term

Short description

N Netmask

Also called subnet mask. A 32 bit mask that displays which bits are in use for the subnet address. Subnets are used in a network to keep it well-structured.





DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary

Term

Short description

Null Modem Cable

A RS232 cable where all the wires are crossed over. This way for example the receive wire at the one side is connected with the transmit wire of the other side.

Term

Short description

O O.D.

Optical Density

Term

Short description

P PACS

Picture Archiving and Communication System.

PCB

Printed Circuit Board.

Pick-up Module

Assembly in the printer that provides for the transport of a film out of the input tray.

Pixel

One of the individual dots that make up an image on the film. E.g. a 10x12" film contains 4940 x 5900 pixels (adressable area).

PMS

DICOM Print Management Service. A device that provides DICOM PMS (= provider), makes printing of DICOM images possible. A device using DICOM PMS (= ) can control a DICOM printer. DRYSTAR Axys is a DICOM PMS provider.

Portex

AGFA own operating system for medical devices.

Postscript

Imperative programming language for the device independent description of print pages which brings the complete data (text, images, graphics) and their positions to a standardized data structure. PostScript was developed in 1982 by the American company Adobe Systems and evolved in the meantime to a quasi-standard. A further development is PostScript Level 2, which has got among others things an optimized data compression.

Print drum

A rubber drum in the printer that guides the film along the thermal print head.

Prompt

A symbol that appears on a computer terminal screen. Example: C:\>





DD+DIS033.07E

Glossary

Short description R RAM

Random Access Memory Free accessible memory. The RAM-board is used to store intermediate data.

RJ45

Recommended Jack 45. A connector specification used with UTP cables. The connectors are 8-pole flat connectors.

Router

A device in the network to connect two or more networks. It routes incoming data packages to the corresponding network. The network system defines the IPaddress of the router for the printer. Only if the router IPaddress is known by the printer it is possible for the printer to send information via the network back to devices which are located in another segment of the network.

RS232 Interface

Computer interface to convert computer internal parallel data into serial data and vice versa. The interface is defined via RS232 (Recommended Standard).

RS232 cable

Cable following the RS232 standard (Recommended Standard) to connect two RS232 interfaces (for example connection between modem and PC).

Term

Short description

S Service Interface

RS232 Interface at the printer.

Service key

Service tool. Used to bridge safety switches to make it possible to control all the devices despite the device is opened.

SMPTE

Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers. The printer is able to print out the black/white test image named after the SMPTE for test purposes.

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. Protocol to send e-mails between computers in the internet.





DD+DIS033.07E

Term

Glossary

Short description

T T/IP

Transport Control Protocol / Internet Protocol. Widespread network protocol.

Telnet

A network protocol that provides for logging in to a network computer system.

TIF

Tagged Image Format. A standard format to store pixel oriented images. GIF and JPG are more and more superseding TIF.

TH

Abbreviation of Thermal Print Head.

Thanos board

Board on the Devil Board. Responsible for operating system and image processing.

Thermal Print Head

Resistor line that transfers the image to the film.

Term

Short description

U USB

Universal Serial Bus. PC bus system to attach peripherals like scanner, keyboards etc. to PC's. Data rate 12 Mb/s and up to 480 Mb/s for USB2.

UTP

Unshielded Twisted Pair. A network cable where the wires are twisted and without additional shielding.

Term

Short description

V VDE

Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker. Association of German Electro-Technicians

Term

Short description

X XT

X-Terminal. An Agfa program for serial data communication between two computers.





This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.

Order no.: DD+DIS033.07E

DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 1st Edition

ReeFirst Service Manual for

HEALTHCARE Imaging Services

►

Purpose of this Document This document describes how to

►

•

add the “order list for documentation”.

•

print.

•

add comments.


Release Date


1.2

06-2008

Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a printed manual. See section 1.

Edition 1, Revision 2 06-2008 printed in Agfa Company Confidential

Document Node ID: 16099429


ReeFirst

1

Integrating the Order List for Documentation IMPORTANT: The “order list for documentation” is not part of the service manual for . Purpose of the “order list for documentation”: To the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual. (1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest. (2) Select “Order list and Front page → PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for Documentation”. (3) the “order list for documentation” to your computer. (4) When creating a paper manual: Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.

2

Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual

IMPORTANT: Preferably print this manual double-sided: This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided. If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages. Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if available. Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer.



Page 2 of 5 Agfa Company Confidential

ReeFirst

2.1

Printing single Pages or Chapters To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows: (1)

Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.

(2)

Write down or the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.

Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar (3)

Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.

(4)

Select "Print".

(5)

Select the page range.

(6)

Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".

(7)

Select “OK”.

Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters




ReeFirst

NOTE: “Shrink to printable area” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions “reduce to printer margins” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”.

2.2

Printing the complete Service Manual To print the complete service manual proceed as follows: (1)

Select "Print".

(2)

Select “All”.

(3)

Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center" (see NOTE above).

(4)

Select “OK”.

Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual

3

Adding Comments •

If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will show-up.

•

This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text manipulations.

Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar




ReeFirst

3.1

Exporting your Comments NOTE: Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.

(1)

In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".

Figure 5: Drop down menu “Comment & Markup”

3.2

(2)

Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.

(3)

Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”.

(4)

Save the file with any name.

Importing Comments (1)

In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".

(2)

Select “Options - Import Comments”.

(3)

Browse for the comments file and press “select”.

NOTE: The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the comments have been imported has a different number of pages.




Drystar Axys - Service Manual 63k4n

Overview 26281t

More details 6y5l6z

Related Documents 3h463d

Drystar Axys - Service Manual 63k4n

Drystar 3000 Service Manual 1u3i64

Drystar 5302 Service Manual 42246l

Drystar 5500 - Drystar 5503 - Service Manual For 4043i

Manual Drystar 5302 275c5h

Drystar Dt 5 B z2u6m

More Documents from "Pablo E Lucero Guillen" 4k3d5

Drystar Axys - Service Manual 63k4n

Series De Taylor Ejemplos Y Problemas 73246a

4p345f

4p345f

4p345f

19.dinamica En La Naturaleza..el Movimiento 32t3p